[evolution-patches] Large Patch for Documentation Updates
- From: Rodney Dawes <dobey novell com>
- To: evolution-patches lists ximian com
- Subject: [evolution-patches] Large Patch for Documentation Updates
- Date: Wed, 25 Aug 2004 14:19:31 -0400
Here is the yet again revised patch for the documentation. This one
includes the new documentation XML, as well as the previous fixes.
-- dobey
Index: help/xmldocs.make
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/gnome/evolution/help/xmldocs.make,v
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -r1.2 xmldocs.make
--- help/xmldocs.make 26 Mar 2003 23:03:39 -0000 1.2
+++ help/xmldocs.make 25 Aug 2004 18:17:40 -0000
@@ -50,10 +50,10 @@
all: omf
-$(docname).xml: $(entities)
- -ourdir=`pwd`; \
- cd $(srcdir); \
- cp $(entities) $$ourdir
+#$(docname).xml: $(entities)
+# -ourdir=`pwd`; \
+# cd $(srcdir); \
+# cp $(entities) $$ourdir
app-dist-hook:
if test "$(figdir)"; then \
Index: help/C/Makefile.am
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/gnome/evolution/help/C/Makefile.am,v
retrieving revision 1.38
diff -u -r1.38 Makefile.am
--- help/C/Makefile.am 10 Feb 2004 22:24:53 -0000 1.38
+++ help/C/Makefile.am 25 Aug 2004 18:17:40 -0000
@@ -26,27 +26,28 @@
figures/summary.png \
figures/vfolder-createrule-fig.png
figdir = figures
-docname = evolution-1.5
+
+all: $(docname).xml $(omffile)
+
+doc_in_files = evolution.xml
+%-$(BASE_VERSION).xml: $(doc_in_files)
+ cp -f $< $@
+
+docname = evolution-$(BASE_VERSION)
lang = C
-omffile = evolution-1.5-C.omf
-entities = \
- apx-authors.xml \
- apx-bugs.xml \
- apx-fdl.xml \
- apx-gloss.xml \
- apx-gpl.xml \
- config-prefs.xml \
- config-sync.xml \
- legal.xml \
- menuref.xml \
- preface.xml \
- usage-calendar.xml \
- usage-contact.xml \
- usage-exchange.xml \
- usage-mail-org.xml \
- usage-mail.xml \
- usage-mainwindow.xml \
- usage-sync.xml
+
+omf_in_files = evolution-C.omf
+%-$(BASE_VERSION)-C.omf: $(omf_in_files)
+ cp -f $< $@
+
+omffile = evolution-$(BASE_VERSION)-C.omf
include $(top_srcdir)/help/xmldocs.make
dist-hook: app-dist-hook
+
+CLEANFILES = \
+ $(docname).xml \
+ omf_timestamp \
+ $(omffile).out \
+ $(omffile)
+
Index: help/C/POTFILES.in
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/POTFILES.in
diff -N help/C/POTFILES.in
--- help/C/POTFILES.in 13 Mar 2001 16:07:26 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-apx-authors.sgml
-apx-bugs.sgml
-apx-gloss.sgml
-config-prefs.sgml
-config-setupassist.sgml
-config-sync.sgml
-evolution.sgml
-menuref.sgml
-preface.sgml
-usage-calendar.sgml
-usage-contact.sgml
-usage-mail.sgml
-usage-mainwindow.sgml
-usage-notes.sgml
-usage-print.sgml
-usage-sync.sgml
Index: help/C/apx-authors.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-authors.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-authors.xml
--- help/C/apx-authors.xml 12 May 2004 17:46:47 -0000 1.6
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
- <appendix id="authors">
- <title>Authors</title>
- <para>
- <application>Evolution</application> was written by the Ximian
- Evolution team and numerous other dedicated GNOME programmers.
- You can see their names by selecting <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> from any Evolution window.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <application>Evolution</application> code owes a great debt
- to the <application>GNOME-pim</application> and
- <application>GNOME-Calendar</application> applications, and to
- <application>KHTMLW</application>. The developers of
- <application>Evolution</application> acknowledge the efforts
- and contributions of all who worked on those projects.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Ximian would like to thank everyone who helped out with the bug
- tracking process, particularly Miles Lane, and also the staff of
- El Pelon Taqueria, on Peterborough St. in Boston, for
- sustenance.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For more information please visit the
- <application>Evolution</application> <ulink
- url="http://www.ximian.com/products/ximian_evolution/";
- type="http">Web page</ulink>. Please send all comments,
- suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink
- url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com"; type="http">Ximian bug tracking
- database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug reports can be
- found on-line at the same location. You can also use the GNOME
- bug report tool, <command>bug-buddy</command>, to submit your
- defect reports.
- </para>
- <para>
- This manual was written by Aaron Weber
- (<email>aaron ximian com</email>), Kevin Breit
- (<email>mrproper ximian com</email>) Duncan Mak
- (<email>duncan ximian com</email>) and Ettore Perazzoli
- (<email>ettore ximian com</email>) with the help of the
- application programmers and the GNOME Documentation
- Project. Special thanks to Baris Cicek for proofreading.
- </para>
- <para>
- Please file comments and suggestions for this manual as bugs in
- the Ximian bug tracking system. If you contributed to this
- project but do not see your name here, please contact Aaron
- Weber (<email>aaron ximian com</email>) and he'll list you.
- </para>
- <para>
- Partial list of Documentation Translators (application
- translated to 36 additional languages):
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Daniel Persson for Swedish (.se)
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Hector Garcia Alvarez for Spanish (.es)
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Kjartan Maraas for Norwegian (.no)
- </para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- </para>
- </appendix>
-
-
-
-
-
Index: help/C/apx-bugs.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-bugs.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-bugs.xml
--- help/C/apx-bugs.xml 4 Nov 2002 22:41:04 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
- <appendix id="bugs">
-
- <title>Known bugs and limitations</title>
- <abstract>
- <para>
- Ximian Evolution bug tracking is done at the <ulink
- url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com";>Ximian bug tracking
- System</ulink>. You may use that, or the GNOME <application>Bug
- Report Tool</application> (known as <command>bug-buddy</command>
- at the command line) if you find bugs or would like to request new
- features.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you need additional help with Ximian Evolution, please visit
- the Ximian support site at <ulink
- url="http://support.ximian.com";>ximian.com/support</ulink>.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
-
- <para>
- A complete list of feature requests and other issues with
- Evolution is available online in the Ximian bug tracking system.
- You can learn more about the Ximian Evolution development process
- at <ulink
- url="http://developer.ximian.com";>developer.ximian.com</ulink>.
- </para>
-
-</appendix>
-
Index: help/C/apx-fdl.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-fdl.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-fdl.xml
--- help/C/apx-fdl.xml 8 Jul 2004 20:59:58 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,667 +0,0 @@
-<!--
- The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
- Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais okstate edu>
- Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
- http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
- Version: 1.0.1
- Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
--->
-
-<appendix id="apx-fdl">
- <appendixinfo>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version 1.1, March 2000
- </releaseinfo>
- <copyright>
- <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>
- </copyright>
- <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
- <para>
- <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place,
- Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
- <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
- license document, but changing it is not allowed.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
- </appendixinfo>
- <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
- <title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
- <para>
- The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
- other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of
- freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
- redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
- commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
- preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
- their work, while not being considered responsible for
- modifications made by others.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means
- that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
- the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
- which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
- free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
- free program should come with manuals providing the same
- freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
- to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
- regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
- printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
- whose purpose is instruction or reference.
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="fdl-section1">
- <title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
- <para id="fdl-document">
- This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
- notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
- distributed under the terms of this License. The
- <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or
- work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
- as <quote>you</quote>.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-modified">
- A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work
- containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
- verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
- language.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-secondary">
- A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a
- front-matter section of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively
- with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
- Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
- matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
- that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
- textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
- mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
- connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
- legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
- regarding them.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-invariant">
- The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link
- linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles
- are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
- notice that says that the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
- License.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-cover-texts">
- The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of
- text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
- in the notice that says that the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
- License.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-transparent">
- A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable
- copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
- to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
- directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
- images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
- drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
- suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
- translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
- formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
- whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
- subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
- that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called
- <quote>Opaque</quote>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
- plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
- format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
- standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
- modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
- proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
- proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
- and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
- machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
- output purposes only.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-title-page">
- The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the
- title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
- hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
- the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
- page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the
- most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
- beginning of the body of the text.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section2">
- <title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either
- commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
- copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
- applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
- you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
- License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
- control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
- distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
- copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
- must also follow the conditions in <link
- linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
- above, and you may publicly display copies.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section3">
- <title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
- <para>
- If you publish printed copies of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
- and the Document's license notice requires <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose
- the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
- Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
- Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
- clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
- copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
- words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
- other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
- limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
- <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these
- conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
- respects.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
- legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
- reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
- adjacent pages.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you publish or distribute <link
- linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
- you must either include a machine-readable <link
- linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with
- each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
- publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
- complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
- material, which the general network-using public has access to
- download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
- protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
- reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
- copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
- remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
- year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
- or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
- public.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
- of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before
- redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
- to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section4">
- <title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute a <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of
- sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link
- linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release
- the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
- Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
- licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
- to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
- these things in the Modified Version:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>A</title>
- <para>
- Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
- Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of
- previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
- listed in the History section of the Document). You may
- use the same title as a previous version if the original
- publisher of that version gives permission.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>B</title>
- <para>
- List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
- Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
- <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>,
- together with at least five of the principal authors of
- the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of
- its principal authors, if it has less than five).
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>C</title>
- <para>
- State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
- Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the
- publisher.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>D</title>
- <para>
- Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>E</title>
- <para>
- Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>F</title>
- <para>
- Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
- license notice giving the public permission to use the
- <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under
- the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
- Addendum below.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>G</title>
- <para>
- Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and
- required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover
- Texts</link> given in the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>H</title>
- <para>
- Include an unaltered copy of this License.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>I</title>
- <para>
- Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and
- its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
- title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on
- the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If
- there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the
- <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
- Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
- describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
- sentence.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>J</title>
- <para>
- Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access
- to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link>
- copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
- given in the Document for previous versions it was based
- on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote>
- section. You may omit a network location for a work that
- was published at least four years before the Document
- itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
- refers to gives permission.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>K</title>
- <para>
- In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or
- <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title,
- and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
- each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
- dedications given therein.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>L</title>
- <para>
- Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their
- text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
- equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>M</title>
- <para>
- Delete any section entitled
- <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be
- included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified
- Version</link>.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>N</title>
- <para>
- Do not retitle any existing section as
- <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with
- any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Section</link>.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>
- If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
- includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
- <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and
- contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
- option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
- do this, add their titles to the list of <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the
- Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
- distinct from any other section titles.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
- provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various
- parties -- for example, statements of peer review or that the text
- has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
- definition of a standard.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
- of up to 25 words as a <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of
- the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>
- in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.
- Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
- may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
- entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
- added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
- acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
- replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
- publisher that added the old one.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
- give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
- assert or imply endorsement of any <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section5">
- <title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
- <para>
- You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- with other documents released under this License, under the
- terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>
- above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
- combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
- and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
- its license notice.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
- and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
- multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
- contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
- at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
- author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
- number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
- list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
- work.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
- <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
- forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise
- combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>,
- and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must
- delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section6">
- <title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
- <para>
- You may make a collection consisting of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents
- released under this License, and replace the individual copies
- of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
- is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
- rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
- documents in all other respects.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
- insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
- follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
- copying of that document.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section7">
- <title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
- <para>
- A compilation of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with
- other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
- volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
- count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
- of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
- for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
- <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the
- other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
- account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
- derivative works of the Document. If the <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link
- linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these
- copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
- quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
- be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
- aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
- aggregate.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section8">
- <title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
- <para>
- Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
- distribute translations of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link
- linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with
- translations requires special permission from their copyright
- holders, but you may include translations of some or all
- Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
- Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
- License provided that you also include the original English
- version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
- translation and the original English version of this License,
- the original English version will prevail.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section9">
- <title>9. TERMINATION</title>
- <para>
- You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly
- provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
- modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
- automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
- parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
- License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
- parties remain in full compliance.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section10">
- <title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
- <para>
- The <ulink type="http"
- url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html";>Free Software
- Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
- Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
- will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
- in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink
- type="http"
- url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft";>http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
- number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
- <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the
- option of following the terms and conditions either of that
- specified version or of any later version that has been
- published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
- the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
- you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
- the Free Software Foundation.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-using">
- <title>Addendum</title>
- <para>
- To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
- the License in the document and put the following copyright and
- license notices just after the title page:
- </para>
-
- <blockquote>
- <para>
- Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
- </para>
- <para>
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
- License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
- Free Software Foundation; with the <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST
- THEIR TITLES, with the <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST,
- and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
- Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
- the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation
- License</quote>.
- </para>
- </blockquote>
-
- <para>
- If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote>
- instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
- <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write
- <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of
- <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
- we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
- choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http"
- url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html";> GNU General Public
- License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-</appendix>
-
-
Index: help/C/apx-gloss.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-gloss.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-gloss.xml
--- help/C/apx-gloss.xml 7 Jan 2004 23:49:45 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,692 +0,0 @@
-<appendix id="outlook-migration">
- <title>Outlook to Evolution Migration</title>
- <para>If you are using Microsoft Outlook, but not Microsoft Exchange,
- this section will help you switch to Evolution.</para>
-
- <sect1 id="outlook-migration-mail">
- <title>Migrating Local Outlook Mail Folders</title>
- <para>Exchange and IMAP mail is stored on the server, so you do not
- need to migrate it to your Linux partition. However, if you have
- stored mail on your computer, you may wish to make it accessible to
- Evolution.</para>
- <para>First, while using Windows, prepare your messages for
- import:</para>
-
- <orderedlist>
-
- <listitem><para>Clean up your mail: Delete messages and folders you
- do not need, and select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Folders</guisubmenu>
- <guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu>
- <guisubmenu>Advanced</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Compact</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> to erase old, deleted messages from your PST
- file.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>If you nest your folders one inside another, you may wish to
- rename subfolders so that you can tell which folder they
- belong to. You will have to re-nest them after you load them
- into Evolution.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Import the files into Mozilla Mail (or
- another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the
- standard mbox format). Linux mailers cannot do this task,
- because it requires a library available only under
- Windows. In Mozilla, import by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Mail &
- Newsgroups</guisubmenu> <guisubmenu>Tools</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Mozilla will create a set of files in the directory
-<filename>Windows\Application_Data\Mozilla\Profiles\(User
-Name)\(Random Letters)\Mail\Local Folders\Outlook
-Mail\</filename>. The data files are those that have no
-file extension.</para>
-
- <para>If you are using Windows XP or Windows 2000, your
- Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format,
- which some Linux systems will not read without additional
- software. You may find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a
- different drive or to burn a CD.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>Now that you have your mail in a format Evolution can
- understand, reboot to Linux. Then:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mount your Windows drive or the
- disk where you saved the mail files.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Copy all the mail files into your home directory or
- another convenient place.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Start Evolution.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Press
- <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to create
- the folders you want. This is where your previous
- organization pays off.
- </para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>Now you are ready to import the data files:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>In Evolution, open the file import assistant by selecting
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Click <guilabel>Next</guilabel>, and select
- <guilabel>Import a single file</guilabel>.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- Leave the file
- type as <guilabel>automatic</guilabel> and click
- <guilabel>Browse</guilabel> to select the data
- file. Remember, the data files are the files that have no
- file extension.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the folder where you want to put the imported data
- file.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your
- mail.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect1>
-
-
- <!--
- <sect1 id="outlook-import-contacts">
- <title>Importing Contacts from Outlook</title>
-
- <para>
- To import contacts, you will again have to use Mozilla as an
- intermediary. This time, you will use Outlook to save your data
- to a comma separated value (CSV) file, then import it to
- Mozilla. From Mozilla, you will save it as an an LDIF file,
- which Evolution will import.
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In Windows, export each Outlook address book as .csv. It is
- best to select the <guilabel>Export All Fields</guilabel> option,
- rather than choose a subset of fields. Be aware that if you
- have multiple address books, Outlook will suggest the same
- name for each exported file, so be sure to choose a new name
- each time you export a new address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- </sect1>
-Basically, the .cvs files will contain a top line with column titles
-(one per record field), and as many lines as there are contact entries
-(records). (Sorry, no idea about "groups" of contacts as subsets of an
-address book. Can you help?)
-
-A bit of massaging is useful, because while the Outlook set of columns is very comprehensive, other programs like Mozilla and Evolution have fewer and not entirely consistent, field names.
-
-For example,
-
-* Outlook offers 3 fields for email, Evolution just two, so I move the 3rd Outlook email address to the Notes field.
-
-* Outlook offers First, Middle, Last name fields, the others just First, Last, so I add the Middle Name to the First Name field.
-
-* Outlook offers three lines for the street address, instead of two (although the 3rd is rarely used, since most data end up in the City, State, ZIP/Postcode, Country fields).
-
-2) Switch to Linux. Start OpenOffice.org Calc. Open all the .csv files. A dialog will let you choose the right separators.
-
-3) Copy all records (lines) from all books (if you have multiple books) into the same file, using header lines to separate them. Thus you will massage all books in one shot. Save it.
-
-
-4.1) For names, add a few columns (by header, to write in the 1st line) FIRSTNAMECALC, FIRSTNAMENEW, SPACE.
-
-4.2) In the 1st record under SPACE insert a space; under FIRSTNAMECALC insert the formula:
-
-=CONCATENATE([cell under FIRSTNAME];[cell under SPACE];[cell under MIDDLE NAME])
-
-4.3) Copy these two cells all the way down to the last record. Check if first and middle names have been merged OK.
-
-4.4) Copy the whole FIRSTNAMECALC column.
-
-4.5) Paste-Special it over the FIRSTNAMENEW column, as "strings" - i.e. just the result, without formula.
-
-4.6) Rename this column to FIRSTANDMIDDLE, delete the FIRSTNAMECALC, FIRTSTNAME, MIDDLENAME, SPACE columns.
-
-If you care about those things (Continental Europe?), you may likewise concatenate more fields, as to have the FIRSTNAME column contain the whole sequence: Title First-Name Middle-Name (perhaps a space and comma) Suffix.
-
-
-5.1 - 5.6) For the 3rd email: first check if some exist. If they do, repear the procedure like for the names, until the 3rd email addresses are attached to the end of the Notes field.
-
-Likewise, depending on the data you actually have, you may want to plan to enter it into fields that may not be ideal, but at least similar.
-
-6) Seek & delete all empty columns, so at later steps you won't risk importing lots of nothing, and leave out lots of something.
-
-7) Save the file as many times as there are address books you want to have. Specify .csv, but select TAB as field separator and select double quote (") for text marker.
-
-8) Open each file, delete the excess records (lines) but KEEP THE TOP LINE where the column names are, save it as before, and finally once the file is saved, CHANGE THE FILENAME ENDING TO .tab - Mozilla likes them that way. For some reason, it won't recognize a tab-separated file that is not named in .tab, as if Calc did not mark it the file-type properly. This is not exactly Unix-like, but that's how it works. It may be a quirk of my setup, as one can instruct a filemanager to recognize filetypes from the 3-letter subfixes, like in Windows.
-
-9) Start Mozilla, import all the first address book as "single file".
-
-10) Carefully select which destination field (left colum) will suck up which source fields (right column). You do that by moving the destination fields. IMPORTANT: least you go nuts, start from the top and work your way down. Punch OK. Peruse the results. Don't do more imports until satisfied. Field mapping is sticky, so you'll do it only once.
-
-11) Repeat for the other files. (I still have some doubts: sometimes contacts end up in the main Contacts folder istead of the one I select. I still need to investigate. Hints anyone?)
- -->
-
-
-</appendix>
-
-<glossary id="apx-gloss">
-
- <title>Glossary</title>
-
- <glossentry id="assistant">
- <glossterm>Assistant:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A tool which guides a user through a series of steps,
- usually to configure or set up a program. Equivalent to "Wizard"
- and "Druid."
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="attachment">
- <glossterm>Attachment:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Any file sent along with an email. Attachments may be embedded in
- a message or appended to it.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-<glossentry id="automatic-indexing">
- <glossterm>Automatic Indexing:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Pre-fetching procedure that allows
- Evolution to refer to data quickly.
- It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for
- data displays.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="bcc">
- <glossterm>Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy):</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A way of addressing a message. Bcc is used to send a group of
- people an e-mail, while hiding their names and addresses from each
- other.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="cc">
- <glossterm>Cc (Carbon Copy):</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Carbon-copies are used to send a 3rd party a copy of the e-mail,
- so they an keep up to date on a conversation, without being in the
- To: list.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="conduit">
- <glossterm>Conduit:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A small application which controls
- the transfer of data between a handheld device and a desktop
- computer.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="druid">
- <glossterm>Druid:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- See "Assistant."
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="evolution">
- <glossterm>Evolution:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Evolution is the <acronym> GNOME
- </acronym> groupware application.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="execute">
- <glossterm>Execute:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- To run a program. Any file that can be run is called an
- executable. Evolution can download
- executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must
- be marked as executable with a shell or file manager. This
- security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution
- of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file
- permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="expunge">
- <glossterm>Expunge:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- When messages are marked for deletion, they remain till they are expunged.
- When a message is expunged, it is permanently deleted, as long as it was
- marked for deletion.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="filetree">
- <glossterm>File Tree:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A way of describing a group of files on a computer. With the
- perversity typical of computer (and especially Unix and Linux)
- nomenclature, the top of the tree is called the root directory,
- and denoted by <filename>/</filename>.
- The rest of the "branches" spread downward from the root. Don't
- confuse the root directory with the root
- account, or root's home directory, normally
- <filename>/root</filename>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="filter">
- <glossterm>Filter:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Within Evolution, a filter is a method
- of sorting mail automatically when it's downloaded. You can create filters to perform
- one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide
- range of criteria.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="forward">
- <glossterm>Forward:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- If you get a message intended for someone else, you can use
- message forwarding to send it on to the right person.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="groupware">
- <glossterm>Groupware:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Groupware is a term describing an application which helps groups
- of people work together. Typically, a groupware application will
- have several productivity features built into one program,
- including: email, calendar, and address book tools.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="html">
- <glossterm>HTML:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Hyper-text Markup Language (<acronym>HTML</acronym>) is a language
- for describing page layout in electronic documents like web pages,
- help files, and email messages. HTML can be used in email and
- news posts to insert images and apply text treatments.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="hot-key">
- <glossterm>Hot Key:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Hot-keys are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a
- computer instead of using the mouse.
- Hot-keys can speed up computer usage.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="ical">
- <glossterm>iCal:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- <application>iCal</application> is the program which
- Evolution uses to manage the calendar
- section.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="imap">
- <glossterm>IMAP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Depending upon whom you ask, IMAP stands for the Internet Mail
- Access Protocol, or the Interim Mail Access Protocol. It allows access to email which is typically (although
- not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local
- hard disk. Often contrasted with <glossterm>POP:</glossterm>.
- This will not be on the test.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="inline">
- <glossterm>Inline:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than
- attached as a separate file. Contrast with <glossterm
- linkend="attachment">Attachment:</glossterm>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="ldap">
- <glossterm>LDAP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- LDAP, the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, allows a client
- to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers,
- and people stored on a server.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="mail-client">
- <glossterm>Mail Client:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A mail client is the application with which a person reads and
- sends e-mail. Its counterparts are the various types of mail
- servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from
- sender to recipient.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="minicard">
- <glossterm>Minicard:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A format for the display of contact data. Similar in appearance
- to a small business card.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="nautilus">
- <glossterm>Nautilus:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- <application>Nautilus</application> is the file manager for <acronym>GNOME</acronym>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="pop">
- <glossterm>POP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- POP, the Post Office Protocol, is a mechanism for email
- transport. In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from
- a server and store it locally on your hard disk.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="protocol">
- <glossterm>Protocol:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for
- sending particular types of information between computer systems.
- Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for email, and HTTP
- (HypterText Transfer Protocol), for web pages.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="postscript">
- <glossterm>Postscript:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A standard document publishing format. Many printers read raw
- Postscript, making Postscript quite versatile.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="public-key-encryption">
- <glossterm>Public Key Encryption:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A strong encryption method that uses a set of two "keys," one of
- which is made public, and one of which is kept private. Data
- encrypted using the public key can only be decrypted using the
- private key. The longer the keys, the more difficult it is to
- break the encryption.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
-
- <glossentry id="regular-expression">
- <glossterm>Regular Expression:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A regular expression, or "regex", is a way of describing a
- string of text using metacharacters or wild-card symbols. For
- example, the statement <userinput>fly.*so[au]p</userinput> means
- "any phrase beginning with 'fly' and ending in 'soup' or
- 'soap'". If you searched for that expression, you'd find both
- "fly in my soup" and "fly in my soap." There's not room here to
- go into depth, but if you want, have a look at the documentation
- for the <command>grep</command> command by opening a command
- line and typing in <command>man grep</command>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="script">
- <glossterm>Script:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled)
- language. Often used as a synonym for "macro," to denote a series
- of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application. Often
- times, accomplish repetitive and tedious tasks, to save the
- user time.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="search-base">
- <glossterm>Search Base:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- LDAP can break contact lists into many groups. The Search
- Base tells LDAP the top group to use. How much of the Search
- Base that is searched is set by the <glossterm
- linkend="search-scope">Search Scope</glossterm> option.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="search-scope">
- <glossterm>Search Scope:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Search Scope states how much of the <glossterm
- linkend="search-base">Search Base</glossterm> to search.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="sendmail">
- <glossterm>Sendmail:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- As its name implies, <application>sendmail</application> is a
- program which sends mail. Evolution
- can use it instead of <glossterm>SMTP:</glossterm>; some people
- prefer it because it offers more flexibility, but is more
- difficult to set up.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="shortcut-bar">
- <glossterm>Shortcut Bar:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A portion of Evolution which offers
- users fast access to the most frequently used portions of the
- application.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="signature">
- <glossterm>Signature:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- In email terms, a signature is a piece of text placed at the end
- of every email sent, similar to a hand-written signature at the bottom
- of a written letter. A signature can be anything from a favorite
- quotation to a link to a web page; courtesy dictates that it be
- fewer than four lines long.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="smtp">
- <glossterm>SMTP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- This is the most common way of transporting mail messages from
- the client's computer (you) to the server. SMTP stands for
- Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="tooltip">
- <glossterm>Tool-Tip:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A small box of explanatory text which appears when the mouse
- pointer is held motionless over a button or other interface
- element.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="virus">
- <glossterm>Virus:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A program which inserts itself into other files or programs and
- which, when executed, spreads to more programs and other
- computers. A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging
- networks or disk drives, deleting files, or opening security
- holes.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="vcard">
- <glossterm>VCard:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you
- get an address card attached to an email, it's probably in VCard
- format. Not to be confused with <glossterm
- linkend="vfolder">vFolder:</glossterm>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="vfolder">
- <glossterm>vFolder:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- An email organization tool. vFolders allows you to create a folder
- that contains the results of a complex search. vFolder contents are
- are updated dynamically.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-</glossary>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: help/C/apx-gpl.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-gpl.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-gpl.xml
--- help/C/apx-gpl.xml 19 Nov 2002 20:30:32 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
-
- <appendix id="apx-gpl">
-
-<title>GNU General Public License</title>
-<para>
-Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- <street>59 Temple Place, Suite 330</street>,
- <city>Boston</city>,
- <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode>
- <country>USA</country>
- </address>.
- </para>
-
-<para>
-This is version 2
-</para>
-
- <para>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect1 id="preamble">
- <title>Preamble</title>
-
- <para>
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
- freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
- License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
- free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users.
- This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
- Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit
- to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered
- by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it
- to your programs, too.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
- Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the
- freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this
- service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
- want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free
- programs; and that you know you can do these things.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone
- to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These
- restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute
- copies of the software, or if you modify it.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or
- for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You
- must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you
- must show them these terms so they know their rights.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- We protect your rights with two steps:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- copyright the software, and
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
- distribute and/or modify the software.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that
- everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If
- the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its
- recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any
- problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors'
- reputations.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.
- We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will
- individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program
- proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be
- licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification
- follow.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="terms">
- <title>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION</title>
-
- <sect2 id="sect0">
- <title>Section 0</title>
- <para>
- This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
- placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms
- of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such
- program or work, and a <quote>work based on the Program</quote> means either
- the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a
- work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with
- modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation
- is included without limitation in the term <quote>modification</quote>.) Each
- licensee is addressed as <quote>you</quote>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by
- this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not
- restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents
- constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running
- the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect1">
- <title>Section 1</title>
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
- receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately
- publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty;
- keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
- warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
- along with the Program.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at
- your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect2">
- <title>Section 2</title>
- <para>
- You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus
- forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications
- or work under the terms of <link linkend="sect1">Section 1</link> above, provided
- that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
- you changed the files and the date of any change.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or
- in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be
- licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of
- this License.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you
- must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most
- ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate
- copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying
- that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program
- under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License.
-
- <note>
- <title>Exception:</title>
- <para>
- If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an
- announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an
- announcement.)
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections
- of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered
- independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms,
- do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when
- you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the
- Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
- permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and
- every part regardless of who wrote it.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights
- to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control
- the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program
- (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium
- does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect3">
- <title>Section 3</title>
-
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under
- <link linkend="sect2">Section 2</link> in object code or executable form under the terms of
- <link linkend="sect1">Sections 1</link> and <link linkend="sect2">2</link> above provided that
- you also do one of the following:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-
- must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any
- third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source
- distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code,
- to be distributed under the terms of Sections and above on a medium customarily
- used for software interchange; or,
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute
- corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial
- distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form
- with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications
- to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules
- it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
- compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source
- code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or
- binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system
- on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a
- designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place
- counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to
- copy the source along with the object code.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect4">
- <title>Section 4</title>
-
- <para>
- You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
- under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the
- Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
- parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their
- licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect5">
- <title>Section 5</title>
-
- <para>
- You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing
- else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works.
- These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying
- or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance
- of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or
- modifying the Program or works based on it.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect6">
- <title>Section 6</title>
-
- <para>
- Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
- automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify
- the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions
- on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing
- compliance by third parties to this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect7">
- <title>Section 7</title>
-
- <para>
- If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
- reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
- agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you
- from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously
- your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
- you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit
- royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or
- indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be
- to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance,
- the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply
- in other circumstances.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property
- right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of
- protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public
- license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software
- distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up
- to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other
- system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the
- rest of this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect8">
- <title>Section 8</title>
-
- <para>
- If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents
- or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
- may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that
- distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License
- incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect9">
- <title>Section 9</title>
-
- <para>
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License
- from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
- in detail to address new problems or concerns.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
- this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms
- and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software
- Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
- version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect10">
- <title>Section 10</title>
-
- <para>
- If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
- conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
- by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions
- for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
- derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect11">
- <title>NO WARRANTY</title>
- <subtitle>Section 11</subtitle>
-
- <para>
- BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT
- PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
- OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
- PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect12">
- <title>Section 12</title>
-
- <para>
- IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR
- ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
- FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
- USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED
- INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH
- ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
- DAMAGES.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- </appendix>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/config-prefs.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/config-prefs.xml
diff -N help/C/config-prefs.xml
--- help/C/config-prefs.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.20
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1106 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="config-prefs">
-
- <title>Advanced Configuration</title>
- <para>
- Perhaps your mail server has changed names. Perhaps you've
- grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments.
- Whatever the reason, you want to change your
- Evolution settings. This chapter
- will tell you how to do just that.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can reach the Evolution settings window
- by choosing <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, no matter
- where you are in Evolution. On the left half of the settings
- window is a column, similar to the Evolution shortcut bar,
- which lets you choose which portion of Evolution to
- customize. The right half of the window is where you'll make
- your actual changes.
- </para>
-
-
- <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->
- <figure id="config-prefs-mail-fig">
- <title>Changing Mail Settings</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Changing Mail Settings</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/config-mail" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->
-
- <para>
- There are six items you can customize. From top to bottom, they
- are:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Mail Accounts</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Add or change information about your email
- accounts: the servers to which you connect, the way you
- download mail, your password authentication mode, and so
- forth. This is the most complex item in the list, and is
- covered in <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Autocompletion</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the contact groups to be used when completing email
- addresses in the message composer.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Mail Preferences</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- These are overall mail reading preferences: display
- settings, notification options, security, and so
- forth. Settings that vary per-account are in the Mail
- Accounts tool, described in <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity"/>, but most of the
- mail settings are here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Composer Preferences</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Settings for the way that you use the mail composer:
- shortcuts, signatures, spelling, and so forth. One fun
- feature here is the ability to substitute graphical
- smiley-faces for "emoticons" such as :) that many people
- use in email. This tool is covered in <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Calendar and Tasks</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, you can set the way the calendar behaves, including
- your time zone and the length of your work-week.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Certificates</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Certificate handling for S/MIME security systems.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
-
- </para>
- <para>
- Previous versions of Evolution included directory servers, folder
- settings, and Exchange delegation in the settings tool. Directory
- servers can now be set up as contacts groups in the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> tool, you can change folder settings
- in the folder right-click menu, and Exchange delegation is
- available in the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu of the
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tool.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail-identity">
- <title>Working with Mail Accounts</title>
- <para>
- Evolution allows you to maintain multiple accounts, or
- identities. When you are writing an email
- message, you can which account to use by selecting from the
- drop-down list next to the <guilabel>From</guilabel> entry in
- the message composer.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Clicking <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel> will check all
- mail sources that are not disabled. If you don't want to check
- mail for a given account, select it
- in the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> tab and click the
- <guilabel>Disable</guilabel> button.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To add a new account, click <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
- to open the mail configuration assistant. To alter an
- existing identity, select it in the
- <interface>Preferences</interface> window, and then click
- <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> to open the account editor
- dialog.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The account editor dialog has six sections:
-
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Identity</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, enter the name and email address for this
- account. You may also choose a default signature to
- insert into messages sent from this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Receiving Mail</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the way you will be getting mail: you may
- download mail from a server (<link
- linkend="pop">POP</link>), read and keep it on the
- server (Microsoft Exchange, Novell GroupWise, or <link
- linkend="imap">IMAP</link>), or read it from files
- that already exist on your desktop computer. Your server
- require you to use a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) connection.
- You may select <guilabel>Always</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Whenever Possible</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Never</guilabel> as your SSL choice. If one
- doesn't work, try another.
-
- <note id="config-arbitrary-port">
- <title>Specifying Port Numbers</title>
- <para>
- Your system administrator may ask you to connect to a specific port on
- a mail server. To specify which port you use, just type a colon and
- the port number after the server name. For example, to connect to port
- 143 on the server smtp.omniport.com, you would enter
- as
- <userinput>
- smtp.omniport.com:143
- </userinput> as the server name.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Receiving Options</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, decide whether you'd like to check for mail
- automatically and how often, as well as other message
- retrieval options.
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose POP:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail:</guilabel> If you would
- like Evolution
- to check for new mail automatically,
- check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Leave messages on server:</guilabel> If you'd like to store
- copies of your mail on the server, check
- this option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Disable support for all
- POP3 extensions:</guilabel> Some email
- servers refuse to work with the extended
- POP3 command set; select this item to
- have Evolution use a more limited set of
- interactions with the server. If your
- server periodically drops your
- connection, this option may help.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose Microsoft Exchange:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist> <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check
- the box and select a frequency in minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Global Catalog server name</guilabel>: enter the name of your
- Global Catalog server to create a folder for your
- organization's Global Address List.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Limit number of Responses</guilabel>: Select a maximum number
- of results for an address search. Lowering the maximum
- number the load on your system and on your
- network. Most servers will not send more than 1000
- results, regardless of the value you select here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Mailbox Name</guilabel>: Enter your mailbox name.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>OWA Path</guilabel>: Enter the path used with Outlook Web Access on your server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Public Folder Server</guilabel>: Enter the name of your public
- folder server, if it differs from your Exchange server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Apply Filters to new messages in Inbox on this
- server</guilabel>: check this box if you wish to apply filters
- to this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose IMAP:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>If you want Evolution
- to check for new messages in <emphasis>all</emphasis> your
- IMAP folders, make sure the <guilabel>Check for new
- messages in all folders</guilabel> box is selected.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show only subscribed folders</guilabel>: Check this box if you
- have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to
- read.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Override server-supplied namespace</guilabel>: If you like, enter a
- specific directory where your server stores mail for
- you. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail." For more
- information about how to use IMAP mail, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this
- server</guilabel>: If you'd like your filters to work on this
- account, check this box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose GroupWise:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>If you want Evolution
- to check for new messages in all your GroupWise folders,
- make sure the <guilabel>Check for new messages in all
- folders</guilabel> box is selected.</para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this
- server</guilabel>: If you'd like your filters to work on this
- account, check this box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically synchronize remote mail
- locally</guilabel>: Download all mail immediately, instead of waiting
- until you try to open the message to check it. This
- setting will make Evolution slower at first, but faster
- after the download. Leaving it unchecked means that
- Evolution will take longer to display each additional
- message, but will not waste time trying to download every
- single message if you can tell from the subjects that you
- do not need to read them all.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Address Book and Calendar: Post Office
- Agent SOAP Port</guilabel>: If your post office agent uses
- a SOAP port other than the default, enter it here. The
- SOAP port is what allows Evolution to access the GroupWise
- address book and calendar. Your system administrator will
- know the port. If there are not many Linux users in your
- organization, you may also need to request that the SOAP
- service be enabled.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Sending Mail</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In this section, you will choose and configure a method
- for sending mail. You may choose <link
- linkend="smtp">SMTP</link>, Microsoft Exchange (if
- you have installed the Evolution Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange) or <link
- linkend="sendmail">sendmail</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you choose Exchange or Sendmail, you're done with
- this tab. SMTP offers you a choice of hostname,
- connection security level, and authentication type,
- which you will recognize as similar to those for
- IMAP and POP servers in the <guilabel>Receiving
- Mail</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Defaults</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, you can decide where this account will store the
- messages that it has sent, and the messages that you
- save as drafts. If you wish to revert to the "factory"
- settings, click the <guilabel>Restore
- Defaults</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you wish to send someone a copy of every message from
- this account, check the box labeled <guilabel>Always
- carbon-copy (Cc) to:</guilabel> or <guilabel>Always
- blind carbon-copy (Bcc) to:</guilabel>, and enter one or
- more addresses.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Security</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In this section, you will set the security options for
- this account. If you use encryption, enter your PGP
- key id (see <xref linkend="encryption"/> for more
- information) and select among the four options below to
- determine key and signature handling.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail">
- <title>Mail Preferences</title>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Mail Preferences</guilabel> tool lets you choose how
- to display citations, how long to wait before marking a
- message as read, and other mail display settings. There are
- three categories of settings: General, HTML Mail, and
- Colors.
- </para>
- <para>
- For information on individual email account settings, see <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity" />.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-general">
- <title>General Mail Settings</title>
-
- <para>
- In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, your options are:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Message Fonts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Normally, Evolution will use the same fonts as other
- GNOME applications. To choose different fonts, uncheck
- the box <guilabel>Use the same fonts as other
- applications</guilabel> and select one font for standard typefaces and
- a second for monospace, or terminal, display.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Message Display</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- These three settings handle the way messages appear to
- you.
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Mark Messages as Read...</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Normally, Evolution will mark a message as read as soon
- as it is displayed. If you prefer, you may set this to
- happen only after a delay, or disable it entirely and
- mark messages as read only when you choose to do so.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Default Character Encoding</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This setting allows you to select character
- interpretation sets so that Evolution can display
- different alphabets. If you are not sure, pick
- Unicode (UTF-8), which will work for a large
- number of languages and character sets.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Highlight Quotations</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a color to highlight quotations from other
- messages.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Deleting Mail</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, choose whether to delete messages automatically
- when quitting Evolution, and whether you wish to
- explicitly confirm the final deletion of messages.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>New Mail Notification</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Evolution can alert you to the arrival of new mail with
- a beep or by playing a sound file. Choose your alert
- noise, or select none, as you wish.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="mail-prefs-html">
- <title>HTML Mail Preferences</title>
-
- <para>
- The options in the <guilabel>HTML Mail</guilabel> tab are:
- <variablelist>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show animated images</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Turn animation on or off here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending HTML messages to contacts that don't want them</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Some people do not like HTML mail, and you can set
- Evolution to warn you. This warning will appear only
- when you send HTML mail to people in your contacts
- who are listed as disliking HTML.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Loading Image</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You can embed a image in an email and have it load only
- when the message arrives. However, spammers can use image loading
- patterns to confirm "live" addresses and invade your
- privacy. You may elect never to load images
- automatically, to load images only if the sender is in
- your contacts, or always load images.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have chosen not to load images automatically, you
- can choose to see the images in one message at a time by selecting <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message Display</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load Images</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tab lets you select different
- color labels for individual messages. You can return to the default
- settings by clicking the <guilabel>Restore Defaults</guilabel>
- button.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="mail-prefs-colors">
- <title>Mail Color Preferences</title>
- <para>
- The Mail Color preferences tool lets you select color labels for
- different kinds of messages. Click a color to change the color, or
- change the label associated with that color.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="mail-prefs-headers">
- <title>Mail Header Preferences</title>
- <para>
- The headers on an incoming message are the information about the
- message that isn't the content of the message itself: the sender,
- the time it was sent, and so forth. Check the boxes here to show
- or hide different amounts of information about the messages you read.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-
-
-<sect2 id="mail-prefs-junk">
- <title>Junk Mail Preferences</title>
- <para>
- There are only two items here: <guilabel>Check Incoming Mail for
- Junk</guilabel> and <guilabel>Include Remote Tests.</guilabel>
- Checking for junk mail uses the SpamAssassin tool with trainable
- bayesian filters. It also includes online tests, like checking for
- blacklisted message senders and ISPs. Online tests can make
- filtering slower, but more accurate. Check the boxes here to choose
- your mail filtering method.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-</sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail-composer">
- <title>Composer Preferences</title>
- <para>
- There are three tabs of settings you can change for the
- message composer. The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab covers shortcuts and
- assorted behavior, and the other two control signatures and
- spell checking. In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, you can set:
-
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Default Behavior</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose how you will normally forward and reply
- messages, what character set they will use, whether
- they will be in HTML, and whether that HTML can
- contain smiley face images.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Alerts</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- There are two optional alerts here:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending messages with an empty subject line</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The composer will warn you if you try to send a
- message without a subject.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending messages with only Bcc recipients defined</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The composer will warn you if you try to send a
- message that has only <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel>
- recipients. This is important because some mail
- servers will fail to honor blind carbon copy if you
- do not have at least one recipient that is visible to
- all readers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The signature editor allows you to create several different
- signatures in plain text or in HTML, and to specify which of
- them will be added to emails you create in the message
- composer. If you prefer to use an alternate signature or
- none at all, you can select it from the mail composer itself.
- </para>
- <para>
- To choose a spell-checking language, select it here. Note that
- you must install the gnome-spell package, available through Red
- Carpet, for spell-checking to be available in
- Evolution. Alternate dictionaries are also available through
- Red Carpet and are detected automatically if you have installed
- them.
- To have the composer automatically check your spelling while you
- type, check the box labeled <guilabel>Check spelling while I type.</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can check the spelling of messages by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Spell Check
- Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
-</sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-cal">
- <title>Calendar and Tasks Settings</title>
- <para>
- The calendar configuration tool has two tabs
- <guilabel>General</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Display</guilabel>, and is illustrated in <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-cal-fig"/>.
-
- <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->
- <figure id="config-prefs-cal-fig">
- <title>Calendar Preferences Dialog</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Calendar Configuration</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/config-cal" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The General tab lets you set the
- following:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Time zone</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The city you're located in, to judge your time zone.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Time format</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>You may choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and
- twenty-four hour time formats here by clicking the
- appropriate radio button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Week Starts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the day you wish to be displayed as the first in each week.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Day Begins</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- For Evolution, a normal work day begins at 9 AM and
- ends at 5PM. You can select your preferred hours to
- make sure that all your events are displayed properly.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Day Ends</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the end of a normal workday.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Alerts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you'd like to be warned before you delete any
- appointment, or to have a reminder automatically
- appear for each event, select the check boxes here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The Display tab lets you choose how
- your appointments and tasks will appear in your calendar.
- </para>
- <para>The display properties you can set are:
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Time divisions</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the
- daily view in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show appointment end times in week and month views</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If there is space, Evolution will show the end
- times in the week and month views for each
- appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Compress weekends in month view</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If checked, your weekends will be shown in one box,
- instead of one for each day in the month view.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show week numbers in date navigator</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will show the week numbers next to the respective
- weeks in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Tasks due today</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the color for tasks due today.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Overdue tasks</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the color for overdue tasks.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Hide Completed Tasks</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check this box to have completed tasks hidden after a
- period of time measured in days, hours,
- or minutes. If you leave the box unchecked,
- completed tasks will remain in your task list, marked
- as complete.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-contact">
- <title>Directory Servers</title>
- <para>
- Autocompletion is available in the main settings tool.
- The other major contact configuration task is creating new
- directory servers or remote contacts groups.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To add a new group of contacts, either local or remote, do the following:
- </para>
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Go to the contacts tool by clicking the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <menuchoice><guimenu>New</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Contacts Group</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select a name and location for the contact group. The name
- is for display only. </para>
-
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>. If the contact
- group is stored locally, then you don't have to
- provide any more information. Click
- <guilabel>OK</guilabel> and you are done.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
-
- <para>
- If you are creating an <link
- linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> server, enter the server information
- as requested by the assistant:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Server name</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Internet address of the contact server you'll be using.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Login Method</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Specify whether your login is anonymous, using
- an email address, or a "distinguished name." If
- the login is not anonymous, enter the email
- address or distinguished name (DN) required by
- the server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Port</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The internet port
- Evolution connects to
- in order to access the LDAP database. This is
- normally 389.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Use SSL/TLS</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- SSL and TLS are security mechanisms. If you
- select <guilabel>Always</guilabel>, Evolution
- will not connect unless
- secure connections are available. The default value is
- <guilabel>Whenever Possible</guilabel>, which uses
- secure connections if they are available,
- but does not cause failure if they are not.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Search base</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The <link linkend="search-base">search
- base</link> is the starting point for a directory search.
- Contact your network administrator for information about
- the correct settings.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Search scope</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The <link linkend="search-scope">search
- scope</link> is the breadth of a given search.
- The following options are available:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>One</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Searches the Search Base and one entry
- below it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Sub</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Searches the Search Base and all entries
- below it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Timeout (minutes)</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This is the maximum time Evolution will attempt to
- download data from the server before giving up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Download Limit</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the maximum number of results for a given
- search. Most servers refuse to send more than
- 500, but you can set the number lower if you
- want to shorten downloads for very broad
- searches.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Display name</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This is the name you will use to label this
- folder, and may be any name you choose.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Apply</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>
- Editing a directory server account means changing that same
- information, although it is displayed in a slightly different order.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
-
-</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/config-sync.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/config-sync.xml
diff -N help/C/config-sync.xml
--- help/C/config-sync.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.6
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
- <chapter id="config-sync">
- <title>Synchronization Settings</title>
- <para>
- Synchronization presents you with two issues you'll need to
- address. First, your computer needs to recognize and access
- your handheld. At this time, Novell Evolution only supports
- PalmOS devices like the Palm Pilot and the Handspring Visor.
- Secondly, you should decide what sort of synchronization
- behavior you want.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you haven't used a handheld device with your computer
- before, you'll need to run the GNOME Control
- Center by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- and make sure that <application>Pilot Link</application> is
- properly configured. You will need to make sure that you have
- read and write permissions on the device, which is normally
- /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check /dev/ttyS0 if you have
- a serial connection, or /dev/ttyUSB0 for a USB connection. You
- can do this by becoming root and running the command:
- <userinput>chmod 777 /dev/ttyUSB0</userinput>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once your computer and your PalmOS device are talking happily
- to each other, select the <link
- linkend="conduit">conduits</link> you want under the
- <guilabel>Pilot Conduits</guilabel> section of the Control
- Center. You may use conduits to synchronize data with several
- applications; the Novell Evolution
- conduits are labeled <guilabel>EAddress</guilabel>, for the
- contacts in your address book, <guilabel>ECalendar</guilabel>,
- for your calendar, and <guilabel>ETodo</guilabel>, for your
- task list.
- </para>
- <para>
- To enable a conduit, click the
- <guilabel>Enable</guilabel> to enable it, and click
- <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> to change what it will do when
- activated. Your options may vary depending on the conduit,
- but typically they will be:
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Disabled:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Do nothing.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Synchronize:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and
- from the handheld to the computer. Remove items
- that were on both systems but have been deleted on
- one.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Copy From Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If there is any new data on the the handheld device,
- copy it to the computer.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Copy To Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the computer to the handheld.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Merge From Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the handheld to the computer, and
- remove any information from the computer that has
- been deleted on the handheld.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Merge To Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and
- remove any information from the handheld that has
- been deleted on the computer.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use.
- If you're not sure, go ahead and stick with
- <guilabel>Synchronize</guilabel>. Then, put your handheld on
- its cradle and press the HotSync button.
- </para>
- <para>
- <tip>
- <title>Data Loss Prevention</title>
- <para>
- It's always a good idea to make a backup. To do that,
- make a copy of the <filename>evolution</filename>
- directory inside your home directory.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </para>
-
- </chapter>
-
-
-
-
Index: help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf
diff -N help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf
--- help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf 17 Nov 2003 15:50:53 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?>
-<omf>
- <resource>
- <creator>
- Ximian, Inc.
- </creator>
- <title>
- User's Guide to Ximian Evolution 1.4
- </title>
- <date>2002-2003</date>
- <subject category="GNOME|Applications"/>
- <description>
- A user's guide to Ximian Evolution which explains how to use
- its mail, calendar, addressbook, and task list features.
- </description>
- <type>
- manual
- </type>
- <format mime="text/xml" dtd="-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"/>
- <identifier url="/"/>
- <language code="C"/>
- <relation seriesid="83434cc6-71d1-11d7-9b12-ef76b8cf7c8f" />
- <rights type="GNU FDL" license.version="1.1" license="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html"; holder="Ximian, Inc."/>
- </resource>
-</omf>
Index: help/C/evolution-1.5.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution-1.5.xml
diff -N help/C/evolution-1.5.xml
--- help/C/evolution-1.5.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.7
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' ?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"; [
-
-<!ENTITY GFDL SYSTEM "apx-fdl.xml">
-<!ENTITY LEGAL SYSTEM "legal.xml">
-<!ENTITY GPL SYSTEM "apx-gpl.xml">
-<!ENTITY PREFACE SYSTEM "preface.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAINWINDOW SYSTEM "usage-mainwindow.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL SYSTEM "usage-mail.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL-ORG SYSTEM "usage-mail-org.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-CONTACT SYSTEM "usage-contact.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-CALENDAR SYSTEM "usage-calendar.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-EXCHANGE SYSTEM "usage-exchange.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-SYNC SYSTEM "usage-sync.xml">
-<!ENTITY CONFIG-PREFS SYSTEM "config-prefs.xml">
-<!ENTITY CONFIG-SYNC SYSTEM "config-sync.xml">
-<!ENTITY MENUREF SYSTEM "menuref.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-GLOSS SYSTEM "apx-gloss.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-COMMON-TASKS SYSTEM "apx-common-tasks.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-BUGS SYSTEM "apx-bugs.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-AUTHORS SYSTEM "apx-authors.xml">
-
-<!ENTITY appversion "1.5">
-<!ENTITY docversion "1.5">
-<!ENTITY pubdate "May, 2004">
-
-]>
-
-<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity. Files, Chapter id's, and
-entity names correspond. APX is for appendix. -->
-
-<!-- STYLE RULES:
-* Use "guilabel" instead of "guibutton" everywhere.
-* "Address Book" is two words, but it's better to use "Contacts", Contact, or Contact List
-* The "application" tag is not used around "Evolution."
-* Filenames use command tags so they appear in the same font as commands
-* There is one bar and it is the Shortcut Bar. The folder bar is dead. -->
-
-<!-- FIXME, TODO: take new screenshots, -->
-
-<book id="index">
- <bookinfo>
- <title>Evolution 1.5 Manual</title>
- <authorgroup>
- <author><firstname>Aaron</firstname><surname>Weber</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Kevin</firstname><surname>Breit</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Ettore</firstname><surname>Perazzoli</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Duncan</firstname><surname>Mak</surname></author>
- </authorgroup>
- <copyright>
- <year>2000-2004</year>
- <holder>Novell, Inc.</holder>
- </copyright>
-
- <releaseinfo>
- This is version &docversion; of the Novell Evolution manual. It describes
- version &appversion; of the Novell Evolution groupware suite.
- </releaseinfo>
-
-
- <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
- <para>
- Please note that legal and licensing information is in <xref linkend="preface" /> due to formatting issues with its
- previous location.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
- </bookinfo>
-
-
- <preface id="preface">
- <title>Preface</title>
- &LEGAL;
- &PREFACE;
- </preface>
-
- <part id="usage">
- <title>Using Evolution</title>
- <partintro>
- <para>
- Part one of the Novell Evolution manual
- describes how to use Novell Evolution for
- email, contact management, and appointment and task
- scheduling. You'll find as you go along that there's more
- than one way to do things, and you can pick whichever method
- you like best.
- </para>
- </partintro>
-
- &USAGE-MAINWINDOW;
- &USAGE-MAIL;
- &USAGE-MAIL-ORG;
- &USAGE-CONTACT;
- &USAGE-CALENDAR;
- &USAGE-EXCHANGE;
- &USAGE-SYNC;
- </part>
- <part id="config">
- <title>Setting Preferences</title>
- <partintro>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution is highly
- configurable. Usually, when developers say that, they mean
- that they didn't test it out thoroughly and have left it to
- other programmers to "configure" themselves a working
- system. In the case of Novell
- Evolution, "configurable" means that, while you
- can expect the program to work perfectly well with the default
- settings, it's also easy to alter its behavior in a wide
- variety of ways, so that it fits your needs exactly. This
- part of the book will describe that process, from the quickest
- glimpse of the Setup Assistant to an in-depth guide to obscure
- preferences settings.
- </para>
- </partintro>
-
- &CONFIG-PREFS;
- &CONFIG-SYNC;
- </part>
-
- &APX-GLOSS;
- &MENUREF;
- &APX-BUGS;
- &APX-AUTHORS;
- &GPL;
- &GFDL;
-
-</book>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/evolution-C.omf
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution-C.omf
diff -N help/C/evolution-C.omf
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ help/C/evolution-C.omf 25 Aug 2004 18:17:40 -0000
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?>
+<omf>
+ <resource>
+ <creator>
+ Novell, Inc.
+ </creator>
+ <title>
+ User's Guide to Evolution 2.0
+ </title>
+ <date>2002-2003</date>
+ <subject category="GNOME|Applications"/>
+ <description>
+ A user's guide to Evolution which explains how to use
+ its mail, calendar, addressbook, and task list features.
+ </description>
+ <type>
+ manual
+ </type>
+ <format mime="text/xml" dtd="-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"/>
+ <identifier url="/"/>
+ <language code="C"/>
+ <relation seriesid="83434cc6-71d1-11d7-9b12-ef76b8cf7c8f" />
+ <rights type="GNU FDL" license.version="1.1" license="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html"; holder="Novell, Inc."/>
+ </resource>
+</omf>
Index: help/C/evolution.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution.xml
diff -N help/C/evolution.xml
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ help/C/evolution.xml 25 Aug 2004 18:17:43 -0000
@@ -0,0 +1,4044 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="windows-1252"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"; [
+ <!ENTITY lnbrk " " >
+ <!ENTITY z-3rdParty "*" >
+ <!ENTITY z-copy "©" >
+ <!ENTITY z-reg "®" >
+ <!ENTITY z-reg-titlepage "®" >
+ <!ENTITY z-trade "™" >
+ <!ENTITY z-SM "(SM)" >
+ <!ENTITY z-CM "(CM)" >
+ <!ENTITY z-CLM "(CLM)" >
+ <!ENTITY z-mdash-win "---" >
+ <!ENTITY z-ndash-win "-" >
+ <!ENTITY z-half "½" >
+ <!ENTITY z-divide "÷" >
+ <!ENTITY z-times "×" >
+ <!ENTITY z-ellip "..." >
+ <!ENTITY z-nbhyph "-" >
+ <!ENTITY z-nbspace " " >
+ <!ENTITY tstrok "[tstrok]" >
+] >
+
+<book condition="nld" lang="en" revision="07/28/04" role="DOC" userlevel="4" xreflabel="Evolution 2.0 User Guide " remap="Book">
+<title remap="none">Evolution 2.0 User Guide </title>
+
+ <bookinfo id="Front" remap="Front:ID=Front">
+ <productname remap="Product">Evolution</productname>
+ <productnumber remap="Version">2.0</productnumber>
+ <invpartnumber remap="PartNumber">August 23, 2004</invpartnumber>
+ <title remap="BookName">User Guide</title>
+ <legalnotice remap="LegalNotices">
+ <simplelist remap="Disclaimer">
+ <member remap="Para">Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents or use of this documentation, and specifically disclaims any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Novell, Inc. reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes to its content, at any time, without obligation to notify any person or entity of such revisions or changes.</member>
+ <member remap="Para">Further, Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to any software, and specifically disclaims any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Novell, Inc. reserves the right to make changes to any and all parts of Novell software, at any time, without any obligation to notify any person or entity of such changes.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist remap="ExportNotice">
+ <member remap="Para">You may not use, export, or re-export this product in violation of any applicable laws or regulations including, without limitation, U.S. export regulations or the laws of the country in which you reside.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist remap="CopyrightNotice">
+ <member remap="Para">Copyright © 2004 Novell, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, photocopied, stored on a retrieval system, or transmitted without the express written consent of the publisher.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist remap="Patents">
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist remap="Address">
+ <member remap="Line">Novell, Inc.</member>
+ <member remap="Line">404 Wyman Street, Suite 500</member>
+ <member remap="Line">Waltham, MA 02451</member>
+ <member remap="Line">U.S.A.</member>
+ <member remap="URL">www.novell.com</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <para id="Bktitle" remap="BookTitle:ID=Bktitle">Evolution 2.0 User Guide </para>
+ <para remap="ReleaseDate">August 23, 2004</para>
+ <simplelist remap="OnlineDocRef">
+ <member remap="Para">To access the online documentation for this and other Novell products, and to get updates, see www.novell.com/documentation.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist remap="Novell">
+ <member remap="Para">Novell is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.</member>
+ <member remap="Para">SUSE is a registered trademark of SUSE AG, a Novell company.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist remap="ThirdParty">
+ <member remap="Para">All third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <preface id="preface" remap="Preface:ID=preface">
+ <title remap="Title">Preface</title>
+
+ <section id="legal-info-note" remap="Head:ID=legal-info-note">
+ <title remap="Title">Legal Information and Licensing</title>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution is Free Software</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), and its documentation is licensed separately under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). You can find a the complete text of the GPL in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=apx-gpl:File=app5.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=apx-gpl:Element=Appendix" linkend="apx-gpl">GNU General Public License</link>, and of the GFDL in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=apx-fdl:File=app6.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=apx-fdl:Element=Appendix" linkend="apx-fdl">GNU Free Documentation License</link>. The licenses are also available in the files COPYING and COPYING-DOCS distributed with this software. The Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange is also licensed under the GPL. Copyright for all three pieces of software and their documentation belongs to Novell, Inc.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=apx-fdl:File=app6.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=apx-fdl:Element=Appendix" linkend="apx-fdl">GNU Free Documentation License</link> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Novell is a registered trademark and Evolution, the dancing monkey logo and the Ximian capsule logo are trademarks of Novell, Inc. Other names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies or organizations. Where those names appear in any GNOMe documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDEd UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSe WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED Or IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIEs THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THe DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOr A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRe RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCe OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THe DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT Or MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANy CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARy SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMEr OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIs LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIEd VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDEr EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; ANd </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAl THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANy DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSIOn OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCh PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANy DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, Or CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTEr INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSs OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE Or MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES Or LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THe DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED Of THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="organization" remap="Head:ID=organization">
+ <title remap="Title">Organization</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The first part of this book is a <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=usage:File=evo_01_getting_started.fm:PIDREF=ui-intro:Element=Figure" linkend="usage">guided tour</link>, which will explain how to use Evolution. If you are new to Evolution or to groupware in general, this section is for you. The second section, covering <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=config:File=evo_06_exchange.fm:PIDREF=exchange-configure:Element=Head" linkend="config">configuration</link>, is targeted at more advanced users, but anyone who wants to change the way Evolution looks or acts can benefit from reading it.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="other-help" remap="Head:ID=other-help">
+ <title remap="Title">Additional Help Sources</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You can find additional help in three places. For information about command-line options, open a terminal window and type <command remap="Command">evolution --help</command>. For support, late-breaking news, and errata, visit the Novell support center at <ulink url="http://support.novell.com"; remap="ULink:URL=http://support.novell.com";>support.novell.com</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="whats-new-in-one-two" remap="Head:ID=whats-new-in-one-two">
+ <title remap="Title">New in Evolution 2.0</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Even if you’re already familiar with earlier versions, Evolution 2.0 has a lot of new features to offer. You can find a complete list of bugs fixed and features added in the Evolution release notes at the <ulink url="http://gnome.org/projects/evolution"; remap="ULink:URL=http://gnome.org/projects/evolution";>Evolution Developer Website</ulink>. Some of the features include:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Junk Mail (Spam) Filtering</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution 2.0 includes trainable Bayesian junk mail filters. When you get mail you don’t want, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Junk</emphasis> button in the toolbar. Check your <emphasis remap="Option">Junk Mail</emphasis> folder periodically to see if it’s filtered out anything you want to keep, and mark it as <emphasis remap="Option">Not Junk.</emphasis> As you correct the filter, it will become more effective. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">GroupWise Connectivity with no Additional Software</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Now you can access GroupWise servers as well as IMAp and POP mail servers, with no additional installation required. Connection to Microsoft Exchange 2000 and 2003 servers is possible with the Evolution Connector, now available at no charge and under the GPL license.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">User Interface Updates</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The shortcut bar has been replaced with small buttons at the bottom of the folder bar. The folder bar now only displays data for the current function, instead of putting all data together in one tree.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Security: S/MIME and Signatures</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Security with encryption and cryptographic signatures has never been easier or stronger.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Hiding the "Evolution" Directory</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The <command remap="Command">~/evolution/</command> directory has been moved to <command remap="Command">~/.evolution</command>, keeping it out of sight in most cases.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="preface-for-experts" remap="Head:ID=preface-for-experts">
+ <title remap="Title">Tips for Experienced Linux Users</title>
+ <para remap="Para">This section has a few tips for experienced users of Linux or UNIX systems:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Backups and File Locations</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To create a backup of your Evolution data, copy the <command remap="Command">~/.evolution/</command> directory to your backup disk. To access data you have backed up, use the <emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis> tool to restore individual files as needed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Default Browsers</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To set the browser used for links from email addresses, open the GNOME preferences tool (<emphasis remap="Option">System</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Personal Settings</emphasis> or <command remap="Command">gnome-control-center</command>) and click <emphasis remap="Option">File Associations</emphasis>. On some systems, this may be called <emphasis remap="Option">MIME Types</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Default Applications</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">In the <emphasis remap="Option">File Associations</emphasis> tool, go to the <emphasis remap="Option">Internet Services</emphasis> section and click <emphasis remap="Option">World wide web (http)</emphasis>, then select the browser of your choice. If you wish to use a browser other than the ones suggested, you will need to enter a complete shell command, rather than just the browser name: <emphasis remap="Option">mybrowser `%s`</emphasis> rather than <emphasis remap="Option">My Browser</emphasis>. Some systems may require you to set the browser used for https:// links seperately. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Making Evolution Your Default Mail Client</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">For GNOME desktops, you can set Evolution to be the default mail client, so that it opens when you click a mailto: link in web pages and help tools. To do that, open the GNOME preferences tool and start the <emphasis remap="Option">File Associations</emphasis> tool. There, look under <emphasis remap="Option">Internet Services</emphasis>, select <emphasis remap="Option">Electronic mail transmission (mailto)</emphasis>, and select <emphasis remap="Option">Evolution</emphasis> from the drop-down list.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you are using KDE, you can also set Evolution as the default through the KDE control center. Go to the <emphasis remap="Option">KDE Components</emphasis> section and select <emphasis remap="Option">Component Chooser</emphasis>, then <emphasis remap="Option">Email Client</emphasis>. Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Use a different email client</emphasis> option and enter <emphasis remap="Option">evolution `%s`</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For applications such as Mozilla and Netscape, which do not use the GNOME preference tools, you will need to find the protocol handler preference tool for that application and enter <emphasis remap="Option">evolution `%s`</emphasis> as your choice for handling mailto links.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+ </preface>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-mainwindow" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=usage-mainwindow">
+ <title remap="Title">Getting Started</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Information is useless unless it’s organized and accessible; it’s hardly even worth the name if you can’t look at it and be informed. The goal of Evolution is to make the tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving your personal information easier, so you can work and communicate with others. That is, it’s a highly evolved <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=groupware:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=groupware:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="groupware">groupware</link> program, an integral part of the Internet-connected desktop.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution can help you work in a group by handling e-mail, address and other contact information, and one or more calendars. It can do that on one or several computers, connected directly or over a network, for one person or for large groups.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">With Evolution, you can accomplish your most common daily tasks faster. For example, it takes only one or two clicks to enter appointment or contact information sent to you by e-mail, or to send e-mail to a contact or appointment. Evolution makes displays faster and more efficient, so searches are faster and memory usage is lower. People who get lots of mail will appreciate advanced features like <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=vfolder:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=vfolder:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="vfolder">VFolders</link>, which let you save searches as though they were ordinary mail folders.</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mainwindow-starting:File=evo_01_getting_started.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mainwindow-starting:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting">The First Time you Start Evolution</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=ui-intro:File=evo_01_getting_started.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=ui-intro:Element=Topic" linkend="ui-intro">About the Evolution Main Window </link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-mainwindow-starting" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mainwindow-starting:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">The First Time you Start Evolution</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To start Evolution, do either of the following: </para>
+ <procedure remap="Procedure">
+ <step id="bs4u1a6" remap="Step:ID=bs4u1a6">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the Novell Menu icon > Office > More Programs > Ximian Evolution.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">or</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Enter <command remap="Command">evolution</command> at the command line.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <section id="bs4u4qt" remap="Head:ID=bs4u4qt">
+ <title remap="Title">Command Line Options</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution has a number of command line options that you may wish to make use of. You can find the full list by typing the command man evolution or evolution --help. The most important command line options are: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To start Evolution in offline mode, enter evolution --offline </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To start Evolution and begin composing a message to the e-mail address you name, enter evolution mailto:joe somewhere net </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To start Evolution in mail mode, type evolution -c mail. To open the calendar first, enter -c calendar. To open the contact list first, enter -c contacts.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If Evolution stops responding, freezes, or hangs, open a terminal and enter evolution --force-shutdown to force every piece of the application to quit.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To make your web browser use Evolution as the default e-mail client, enter evolution "%s" as the e-mail handler in your web browser or in the GNOME Control Center.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">The first time you run the program, it will create a directory called .evolution in your home directory, where it will store all of its local data. Then, it will open a first-run assistant to help you set up mail accounts and import data from other applications.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Using the first-run assistant will take approximately two to five minutes.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Later on, if you want to change this account, or if you want to create a new one, select Tools Settings and click the Mail Accounts button. Then, select the account you want to change and click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add. See <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link> for details.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="first-step" remap="Head:ID=first-step">
+ <title remap="Title">Defining Your Identity</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The Identity window is the first step in the assistant. Here, you will enter some basic personal information. You can define multiple identities later by clicking Tools > Settings, and then Mail Accounts. You will need to provide the following information:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Account Information: Type a name for Evolution to refer to this account. This is used only for display within Evolution. Some good examples are "Work E-mail" or "IMAP Server."</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Full Name: Your full name.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">E-mail Address: Your e-mail address.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Make this my default account: Select this as the primary account. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> Reply-To: If you want to have replies sent to another e-mail address, enter it in this space (optional).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Organization: The company where you work, or the organization you represent when you send e-mail (optional).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="second-step" remap="Head:ID=second-step">
+ <title remap="Title">Receiving Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The Receiving E-mail lets you determine where you will get your e-mail. You will need to provide the following information:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Server Type: There are numerous types of servers from which Evolution can fetch your mail. Ask your system administrator if you’re not sure which of the following are available to you:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">GroupWise: Select this option if you connect to GroupWise. GroupWise keeps mail, calendar, and contact information on the server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Microsoft Exchange: Available only if you have installed the Novell Connector for Microsoft Exchange, this will allow you to connect to a Microsoft Exchange 2000 or 2003 server, which stores e-mail, calendar, and contact information on the server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">IMAP: Keeps the e-mail on your server so you can access your e-maile-mail from multiple systems.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">POP: Downloads your e-mail to your hard disk for permanent storage, freeing up space on the e-mail server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Local Delivery: Choose this option if you want to move mail from the spool and store it in your home directory. If you would rather leave mail in your system’s spool files, choose the Standard Unix mbox spools option instead. You’ll need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">MH format mail directories: If you download your mail using mh or another MH-style program, you’ll want to use this option. You’ll need to provide the path to the mail directory you want to use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Maildir format mail directories: If you download your mail using Qmail or another maildir-style program, you’ll want to use this option. You’ll need to provide the path to the mail directory you want to use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Standard Unix mbox spool or directory: If you want to read and store mail in the mail spool on your local system, choose this option. You’ll need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">None: Select this if you do not plan to check mail with this account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you selected POP, IMAP, GroupWise, or Microsoft Exchange as your mail server, you’ll need to enter additional information:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The host name of your mail server. Ask your system administrator if you’re not sure.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The username for the account on that system. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Whether you want to use a secure (SSL) connection. If your server supports it, it’s best to enable this security option. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The authentication options supported by your server. If you’re not sure, ask your system administrator. You can also click the Check for supported types button; when you have done so, the menu will limit itself to options your server has not refused to support. Note that some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not an absolute guarantee that available mechanisms will actually work. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose whether you’d like Evolution to remember your password. If you have selected this item, you can force Evolution to ask for a password again by selecting ActionsForget Passwords, or by returning to this section of the accounts tool, which you can find by selecting ToolsSettings </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you are connecting to GroupWise, you need your SOAP port number for accessing your Address Book and Calendar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Connecting to an Exchange Server</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have installed Novell Connector for Microsoft Exchange, you can access Microsoft Exchange 2000 servers natively. If you do not have the Connector, or if you use an older version of Microsoft Exchange, talk to your system administrator about access to standard protocol services like POP and IMAP.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="more-mail-options" remap="Head:ID=more-mail-options">
+ <title remap="Title">Receiving Mail Options</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you have selected a mail delivery mechanism, you may set some preferences for its behavior:</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose POP mail:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Checking for new mail: If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Message Storage: If you’d like to store copies of your mail on the server, check this option.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose Microsoft Exchange:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Checking for new mail: If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the name of your global catalog server. You may also choose to limit the server’s responses and select a maximum number of results for an address search. A maximum number of results limits the load on your system and on your network.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Mailbox Name: If your active directory user name is different from your Exchange mailbox name, enter the mailbox name here.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases, the URl for web access is "http://server.company.com/exchange,"; but some systems use a different path. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Public Folder Server: Enter the name of your organization’s public folder server, if any.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server: Check this box to use filters when you visit the Inbox for this account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose IMAP:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Automatically check for new mail every... minutes: If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Check for new messages in all folders: If you want Evolution to check for new messages in all your IMAP folders, make sure this box is selected. This option is normally selected in combination with server-side filtering tools like procmail. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Use custom command to connect to server: Some IMAP servers require a specific, custom connection sequence. Custom commands are rare; if your server requires one, your system administrator should be able to tell you.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Show only subscribed folders: Check this box if you have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to read. For more information about IMAp mail and folder subscriptions, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Override server-supplied namespace: If you like, enter a specific directory where your server stores mail for you. The most common values are "mail" and "Mail." </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this server: If you’d like your filters to work on this account as well as on locally downloaded mail, check this box.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Check new messages for Junk contents: Check this box if you want your IMAP e-mail filtered for junk mail.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Only check for Junk messages in the INBOx folder: If you have new messages arriving in multiple folders, as you would with server-side filters, Evolution may filter them for junk mail as well. This can take extra time, so if you know that those messages are not likely to be junk mail, select this option.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Automatically synchronize remote mail locally: Select this option to have Evolution cache mail locally for offline use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">What’s an IMAP Namespace?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For IMAP mail servers, your system administrator may provide you with a specific namespace, the directory where your server stores mail for you. If you check your IMAP mail and your folder list includes files that don’t look like mailfolders, you probably need to change your mail namespace. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail." If you prefer, you can choose to subscribe to individual mail folders one at a time. For more information about how to use IMAP mail, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link>.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose GroupWise:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Automatically check for new mail every... minutes: If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Check for new messages in all folders: If you want Evolution to check for new messages in all your GroupWise folders, make sure this box is selected. This option is normally selected.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this server: If you’d like your filters to work on this account as well as on locally downloaded mail, check this box.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Automatically synchronize remote mail locally: Select this option to have Evolution cache mail locally for offline use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Post Office Agent SOAP Port: Type the port number for your SOAP server. If you do not know the port number contact your System Administrator. The default SOAP port is 7181.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="third-step" remap="Head:ID=third-step">
+ <title remap="Title">Sending Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Now that you have entered information about how you plan to get mail, Evolution needs to know about how you want to send it. </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Server Type: There are numerous server types that Evolution supports for sending your mail.</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">SMTP: Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Microsoft Exchange: Sends mail through a Microsoft Exchange server using the Microsoft Exchange 2000 protocol. Available only if you have are using the Novell Connector for Microsoft Exchange, which is installed separately.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Groupwise: Sends mail through your GroupWise server. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Sendmail: Uses the Sendmail program to send mail from your system. Sendmail is more flexible, but is not as easy to configure, so you should only select this option if you know how to set up a Sendmail service.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose SMTP, there are a few additional items to enter:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Host: enter your mail sending server’s name or Ip address.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Server requires authentication: If your server requires you to enter a password to send mail, check this box.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Authentication Type: Unless you’ve been told otherwise, your best bet is to leave this set at Password. If you’re not sure, ask your system administrator or ISP, or have Evolution check for you by clicking Check for supported types.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Username: The account name you use when you login to check your e-mail. Normally, this is the part of your e-mail address before the ’@’ character. For Exchange servers, it is the username you would use to log in to a Windows workstation at your company.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Remember Password: If you prefer to not enter your password every time you check e-mail, press this button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose Sendmail, there is one additional item to enter:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">User Secure Connection (SSL): You can connect to your server securely. You can select one of the following: Always, Whenever Possible, and Never.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose GroupWise, there is one additional item to enter:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">User Secure Connection (SSL): You can connect to your server securely. You can select one of the following: Always, Whenever Possible, and Never.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="step-three-b" remap="Head:ID=step-three-b">
+ <title remap="Title">Timezone</title>
+ <para remap="Para">In this step, you will need to select your timezone either on the map or from the selection drop-down list.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fourth-step" remap="Head:ID=fourth-step">
+ <title remap="Title">Importing Mail (Optional)</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If Evolution finds mail or address files from another application, it will offer to import them. For a full description of the import feature, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=importing-mail:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=importing-mail-and-settings:Element=Head" linkend="importing-mail">Importing Single Files</link>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Microsoft Outlook, and versions of Outlook Express after version 4, use proprietary formats that Evolution cannot read or import. To import information, you may wish to use the Export tool under Windows. See the instructions in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=outlook-migration-mail:File=app1.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=outlook-migration-mail:Element=Topic" linkend="outlook-migration-mail">Migrating Local Outlook Mail Folders</link>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Before importing mail from Netscape, make sure you have selected FileCompact All Folders. If you don’t, Evolution will import and undelete the messages in your Trash folders.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Exporting Files From Evolution</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution uses standard file types for mail and calendar information, so you can copy those files from your <command remap="DiskName">~/.evolution</command> directory. The file formats used are <command remap="DiskName">mbox</command> for mail and <command remap="DiskName">iCal</command> for calendar information.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a standard <command remap="DiskName">VCard</command>. To export contact data, open your contacts tool and select the contacts you wish to export (press Ctrl+A to select them all). Then, select <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Save as VCard</emphasis>. </para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ui-intro" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=ui-intro:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">About the Evolution Main Window </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Now that you’ve gotten the first-run configuration out of the way, you’re ready to get down to work. Here’s a quick explanation of what’s going on in your main Evolution window.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"> <emphasis remap="Option">Menu Bar</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The menu bar gives you access to nearly all the features that can be found in Evolution.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Tool bar</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The tool bar gives you fast and easy access to the most used features in each component.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Shortcut Bar</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The shortcut bar lets you switch between folders and between Evolution tools. At the bottom of the shortcut bar there are buttons that let you switch tools, and above that, all the available folders for the current tool. If you have the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange installed, you will have an Exchange button in addition to buttons for the other tools.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Status Bar</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The statius periodically displays a message, or tell you the progress of a task. This most often happens when you’re checking or sending e-mail. These progress queues are shown here, in the status bar. The Online/Offline indicator is here, too, in the lower left of the window.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Search Tool</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The search tool lets you search through your e-mail with precision so you can easily find what you’re looking for.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar" remap="Head:ID=usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar">
+ <title remap="Title">The Shortcut Bar</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution’s most important job is to give you access to your information and help you use it quickly. One way it does that is through the shortcut bar, the column on the left hand side of the main window. The buttons with names like Mail and Contacts are the shortcuts. Above them is a list of folders for the current Evolution tool.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The folder list organizes your mail, calendars, contact lists, and task lists in a tree, similar to a <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=filetree:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=filetree:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="filetree">file tree</link>. Most people will find one to four folders at the base of the tree, depending on the tool and their system configuration. Each Evolution tool will have at least one, called On This Computer, for local information. For example, the folder list for the e-mail tool will show any remote mail storage you have set up, plus local folders and vFolders, or virtual folders, discussed in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">Getting Really Organized with vFolders</link>. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you get large volumes of mail, you’ll want more folders than just your Inbox; you can also create multiple calendar, task, or contacts folders. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To create a new folder:</para>
+ <procedure remap="Procedure">
+ <step id="bs7fael" remap="Step:ID=bs7fael">
+ <para remap="Para">Right-click on the list of folders, and then click New Folder.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bs7faof" remap="Step:ID=bs7faof">
+ <para remap="Para">Type the name of the folder in the Folder Name field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bs7faud" remap="Step:ID=bs7faud">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose the location of the new folder.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <section id="subfolders" remap="Head:ID=subfolders">
+ <title remap="Title">Folder Arrangement and Subfolders</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything in Evolution. If you right-click on a folder or subfolder, you’ll have a menu with the following options:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs7fblp" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7fblp">
+ <title remap="Title">Copy: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Copies the folder to a different location. When you select this item, Evolution offers a choice of locations to copy the folder to.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs7fc7y" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7fc7y">
+ <title remap="Title">Move: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Moves the folder to another location. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs7fcl4" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7fcl4">
+ <title remap="Title">Delete: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Deletes the folder and all its contents. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs7fcsr" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7fcsr">
+ <title remap="Title">New Folder: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Creates another folder in the same location. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs7fd3u" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7fd3u">
+ <title remap="Title">Rename: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Changes the name of the folder. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs7fdb9" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7fdb9">
+ <title remap="Title">Deletes: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Deletes the folder.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs7fdja" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7fdja">
+ <title remap="Title">Properties: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Checks the number of total and unread messages in a folder, and, for remote folders, select whether to copy the folder to your local system for offline operation.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">You can also rearrange folders and messages by dragging and dropping them.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Any time new mail arrives in a mail folder, that folder label is displayed in bold text, along with the number of new messages in that folder.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mainwindow-menubar" remap="Head:ID=usage-mainwindow-menubar">
+ <title remap="Title">The Menu Bar</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The menu bar’s contents will always provide all the possible actions for any given view of your data. If you’re looking at your Inbox, most of the menu items will relate to mail; some will relate to other components of Evolution and some, especially those in the File Menu will relate to the application as a whole. </para>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g1fu" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7g1fu">
+ <title remap="Title">File: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Anything related to a file or to the operations of the application generally falls under this menu: creating things, saving them to disk, printing them, and quitting the program itself. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g25f" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7g25f">
+ <title remap="Title">Edit: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Holds useful tools that help you edit text and move it around.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g2ew" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7g2ew">
+ <title remap="Title">View: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Lets you decide how Evolution should look. Some of the features control the appearance of Evolution as a whole, and others the way a particular kind of information appears.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g2jk" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7g2jk">
+ <title remap="Title">Actions: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Holds actions which maybe applied to a message. Normally, if there is only one target for the action, such as replying to a message, you can find it in the Actions menu.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g2vh" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7g2vh">
+ <title remap="Title">Tools: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Access the settings and configuration options in the tools menu. You can also find things like filter settings and the Virtual Folder editor.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g3bu" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7g3bu">
+ <title remap="Title">Search: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Searchs for messages, or for phrases within a message. You can also see previous searches you have made. In addition to the Search menu, there is a text entry box in the toolbar that you can use to search for messages.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g3gq" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs7g3gq">
+ <title remap="Title">Help: </title>
+ <para remap="Para">Opens the Evolution manual.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="basics-mail" remap="Head:ID=basics-mail">
+ <title remap="Title">Introducing E-mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution e-mail is like other e-mail programs in several ways:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of ways with folders, searches, and filters. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text, and makes it easy to send and receive multiple file attachments. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">It supports multiple mail sources, including <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=imap:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=imap:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="imap">IMAP</link>, <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=pop:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=pop:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="pop">POP3</link>, and local <command remap="DiskName">mbox</command> or <command remap="DiskName">mh</command> spools and files created by other mail programs.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">It lets you guard your privacy with encryption.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">However, Evolution has some important differences. First, it’s built to handle very large amounts of mail. The <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-spam:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-spam:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-spam">junk mail</link>, message <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-filters:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-filters:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-search:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-search:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link> functions were built for speed and efficiency on large volumes of mail. There’s also the <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">vFolder</link>, an advanced organizational feature not found in mainstream mail clients. If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep every message you get in case you need to refer to it later, you’ll find this feature especially useful.</para>
+ <figure id="usage-mail-intro-fig" remap="Figure:Position=TextColumn:ID=usage-mail-intro-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">Evolution Mail</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=mail-inbox.png:Align=acenter:Height=3.693in:Position=inline:Dpi=150:Width=5.607in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/mail-inbox.png" width="5.607in" depth="3.693in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Message List</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The message list displays all the e-mails that you have. This includes all your read, unread, and e-mail that is flagged to be deleted.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">E-mail</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">This is where your e-mail is displayed.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you find the view pane too small, you can resize the pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click on the message in the message list to have it open in a new window. To change the sizes of a pane, just click and hold on the divider between the two panes. Then you can drag it to select the size of the panes.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Just like with folders, you can right-click on messages in the message list and get a menu of possible actions, including moving or deleting them, creating filters or vFolders based on them, and marking them as junk mail.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Most of the mail-related actions you’ll want to perform are listed in the actions menu in the menu bar. The most frequently used ones, like Reply and Forward, also appear as buttons in the toolbar. Almost all of them are also located in the right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be faster once you get the hang of them. You can choose whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software should work the way you want, rather than making you work the way the it does.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For an in-depth guide to the e-mail capabilities of Evolution, read <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=ChapTitleOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail:Element=Chapter" linkend="usage-mail">Getting and Sending Email</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="basics-calendar" remap="Head:ID=basics-calendar">
+ <title remap="Title">Introducing the Calendar</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To begin using the calendar, click Calendar in the shortcut bar. By default, the calendar starts showing today’s schedule on a ruled background. At the upper right, there’s a monthly calendar you can use to switch days. Below that, there’s a Task pad, where you can keep a list of tasks separate from your calendar appointments.</para>
+ <figure id="usage-calendar-fig" remap="Figure:Position=TextColumn:ID=usage-calendar-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">Evolution Calendar View</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=calendar.png:Align=acenter:Height=3.880in:Position=inline:Dpi=150:Width=5.620in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/calendar.png" width="5.620in" depth="3.880in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Appointment List</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Task List</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">Tasks are distinct from appointments in that they generally don’t have times associated with them. You can see a larger view of your task list by clicking Tasks in the shortcut bar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Month Pane</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the left. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to get a custom range of days displayed in the appointment list.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For more information about the calendar read <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-calendar:File=evo_05_calendar.fm:Format=ChapTitleOnPage:PIDREF=usage-calendar:Element=Chapter" linkend="usage-calendar">Evolution Calendar</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="basics-contacts" remap="Head:ID=basics-contacts">
+ <title remap="Title">Introducing the Contacts Tool</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The Evolution contacts tool can handle all of the functions of an address book, phone book, or Rolodex. Of course, it’s a lot easier to update Evolution than it is to change an actual paper book, in part because Evolution can synchronize with PalmOS devices and use <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=ldap:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=ldap:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> directories on a network.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Another advantage of the Evolution contacts tool is its integration with the rest of the application. For example, you can right-click on an e-mail address in Evolution mail to create a contact entry instantly.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To use the contacts tool, click Contacts in the shortcut bar. <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-contact:File=evo_04_contacts.fm:Format=ChapTitleOnPage:PIDREF=usage-contact:Element=Chapter" linkend="usage-contact">Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</link> shows the address book in all its organizational glory. By default, the display shows all your contacts in alphabetical order, in a <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=minicard:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=minicard:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="minicard">minicard</link> view. You can select other views from the View menu, and adjust the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the gray column dividers.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The contacts tool looks like this:</para>
+ <figure id="usage-contact-fig" remap="Figure:Position=PageEdge:ID=usage-contact-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">Evolution Contact Interface</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=contact.png:Align=acenter:Height=3.780in:Position=inline:Dpi=150:Width=5.560in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/contact.png" width="5.560in" depth="3.780in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Contact List</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The largest section of the contacts display shows a list of individual contacts. You can also search through the contacts in the same way that you search e-mail folders, with the search tool on the right side of the toolbar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For detailed instructions on how to use the address book, read <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-contact:File=evo_04_contacts.fm:Format=ChapTitleOnPage:PIDREF=usage-contact:Element=Chapter" linkend="usage-contact">Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-mail" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=usage-mail">
+ <title remap="Title">Getting and Sending Email</title>
+ <para remap="Para">This chapter, and <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-organize:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:Format=ChapTitleOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize:Element=Chapter" linkend="usage-mail-organize">Organizing your Email</link>, will provide you with an in-depth guide to the capabilities of Evolution as a mail client. For information about how to set up your mail account, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link>.</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-read:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-read:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-read">Reading Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-get:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-get:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-get">Checking for New Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-send:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-send:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send">Composing New Email Messages</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=rsvp-stuff:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=rsvp-stuff:Element=Topic" linkend="rsvp-stuff">Meetings Invitations by Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=encryption:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=encryption:Element=Topic" linkend="encryption">Encryption</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-read" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-read:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Reading Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you are not already viewing mail, switch to the mail tool by clicking Mail in the shortcut bar. To read a message, select it in the message list; if you’d like to see it in its own window, double-click it, or press Return or Ctrl+O.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Reading Mail with the Keyboard</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can click the space bar to page down while you’re reading an email, and press Backspace to page up in an email. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Navigate the message list by pressing the arrow keys up and down. To go to the next and previous unread messages, press the “.” (period) or ”,” (comma) keys. On most keyboards, these keys are also marked with the > and < symbols, which makes a convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your message list. You can also use “]” (close bracket) for the next unread message, and “[“ (open bracket) for the previous unread message.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-listorder" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-listorder">
+ <title remap="Title">Sorting the message list</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution helps you work by letting you sort your email. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click on the bars with those labels at the top of the message list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort, and if you click again, you’ll sort them in reverse order. For example, click Date to sort messages by date from oldest to newest. Click again, and Evolution sorts the list from newest to oldest. You can also right-click on the message header bars to get a set of sorting options, and add or remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed instructions on how to customize your message display columns in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-columns:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:Format=HeadingOnPage:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-columns:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-columns">Sorting Mail with Column Headers</link>.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Email Headers</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To look at the complete headers for a message, select ViewMessage DisplayShow Full Headers. To see absolutely every bit of the message data, select ViewMessage DisplayShow Email Source . </para>
+ </tip>
+ <para remap="Para">You can also choose a threaded message view. Select View Threaded to turn the threaded view on or off. When you select this option, Evolution groups the replies to a message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a conversation from one message to the next.</para>
+ <figure id="bs4aw7h" remap="Figure:Position=TextColumn:ID=bs4aw7h">
+ <title remap="Title">Message Threading In Action</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=mail-threaded.png:Align=acenter:Height=0.355in:Position=inline:Dpi=110:Width=4.745in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/mail-threaded.png" width="4.745in" depth="0.355in"/>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-delete">
+ <title remap="Title">Deleting Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you’ve read your mail, you may want to get rid of it. To delete a message, select it and press the <emphasis remap="Option">Delete</emphasis> key, click the trash button, or right click on the message and select <emphasis remap="Option">Delete</emphasis>.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Hide and Show Deleted Messages</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you press <emphasis remap="Option">Delete</emphasis> or click the trash button, your mail isn’t actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. Your email is not gone until you have expunged it. When you "Expunge" a folder, you remove all the mail that you have marked for deletion. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To show deleted messages, select the <emphasis remap="Option">View</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Hide Deleted Messages</emphasis> toggle. You can also find deleted messages in the your <emphasis remap="Option">Trash</emphasis> folder. </para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Expunge</emphasis> or press <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">E</emphasis> . To expunge all folders at once, select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Empty Trash</emphasis> </para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Trash is Actually a vFolder?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Both local and IMAP Trash folders are actually vFolders that display all messages you have marked for later deletion. For more information about vFolders, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">Getting Really Organized with vFolders</link>. Since emptying your trash expunges the messages in your Trash folder, choosing <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Empty Trash</emphasis> is the same as expunging deleted mail from <emphasis remap="Emphasis">all</emphasis> your folders.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">This is not, however, true for the Trash folder on Exchange servers, which behaves just the same as it would in Outlook. That is to say, the Trash folder on an Exchange server is a normal folder with actual messages in it.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-undelete" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-undelete">
+ <title remap="Title">Undeleting Messages</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged. To undelete a message, select it and press <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">U</emphasis> or choose <emphasis remap="Option">Edit</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Undelete</emphasis> </para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">What does Undelete actually do?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it will unmark it, and the message will be removed from the Trash folder. However, you cannot undelete messages that have been expunged. </para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-get:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Checking for New Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Now that you’ve had a look around the Inbox, it’s time to check for new mail. Click <emphasis remap="Option">Send/Receive</emphasis> in the toolbar to check your mail. If you haven’t entered any mail settings yet, the setup assistant will ask you for the information it needs to check your email.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If this is your first time checking mail, or you haven’t asked Evolution to store your password, you’ll be prompted for the password. Enter your password and your email will be downloaded.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Can’t Check Mail?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need to check your network settings. To learn how to do that, have a look at <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link>, or ask your system administrator. </para>
+ </note>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Sharing Mailboxes with Other Mail Programs</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you want to use Evolution and another email client, such as Mutt, at the same time, here’s how:</para>
+ </tip>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Download your mail in the other application as you would normally.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">In Evolution, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option"> Settings</emphasis>. Go to the Mail Accounts configuration tool, and pick the account you’d like to use to share mail. You may want to create a new account just for this source of mail.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Under the <emphasis remap="Option">Receiving Mail</emphasis> tab, select the type of mail file that your other mail application uses, and then enter the full path to that location. A typical choice would be mbox files, with the path /home/username/Mail/. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-get-news">
+ <title remap="Title">Using Evolution for News</title>
+ <para remap="Para">USENET newsgroups are so similar to mail that it’s often convenient to read news and mail side by side. You can add a news source, called an NNTP server, the same way you would a new email account, selecting <emphasis remap="Option">USENET News</emphasis> as the source type. The news server will appear as a remote mail server, and each news group works like an IMAP folder. When you click <emphasis remap="Option">Send/Receive</emphasis>, Evolution will also check for news messages.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To subscribe to a news group, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Subscribe To Folders</emphasis> and select your NNTP account. Then, select the groups you want to subscribe to.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach">
+ <title remap="Title">Working with Attachments and HTML Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If someone sends you an <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=attachment:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=attachment:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="attachment">attachment</link>, a file attached to an email, Evolution will display the file at the bottom of the message to which it’s attached. Text, including HTML formatting and embedded images, will appear as part of the message, rather than at the end of the message as an attachment.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-actions" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-actions">
+ <title remap="Title">Saving or Opening Attachments</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you get an attachment with an email message, Evolution can help you save it or open it with the appropriate applications.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To save an attachment to disk:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the downward pointing arrow on the attachment icon and select <emphasis remap="Option">Save As...</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose a location and name for the file. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">To open an attachment using another application: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the arrow next the attachment icon.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the program you’d like to use. It will start up and open the document.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">The options available for an attachment will vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications your system has installed. For example, attached word processor files can be opened in OpenOffice.org or another word processor, while compressed archive files can be opened in the File Roller application.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-html" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-html">
+ <title remap="Title">Inline Images in HTML Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox) Evolution will display the image inside the message. You can create messages like this by using the <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Image</emphasis> tool in the message composer. Alternately, just drag an image into the message composition area.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Some images are linked in to messages, rather than being part of them. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but will not do so unless you request it specifically. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads their email. Having images not load automatically helps protect your privacy.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you want the images to load for one message, select <emphasis remap="Option">View</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Message Display</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Load Images</emphasis>. If you want Evolution to load remotely hosted images more often, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Mail Preferences</emphasis> button. There, click the <emphasis remap="Option">HTMl Mail</emphasis> tab and select one of the items there: <emphasis remap="Option">Never load images off the net</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Load images in mail from contacts</emphasis>, or <emphasis remap="Option">Always load images off the net.</emphasis></para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Loading Images from the Net through an HTTP Proxy</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you use an HTTP proxy (as in many large organizations), Evolution must be able to find it through the <command remap="Command">gnome-vfs</command> subsystem before it can load images from the Internet.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"> To set up your proxy, go to the GNOME Control Center by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">System</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> from your menu panel or from the GNOME menu, and then click the <emphasis remap="Option">Network Proxies</emphasis> button. Select the <emphasis remap="Option">Use an HTTP network proxy</emphasis> check box and then enter information about your proxy. If you are not sure, check with your ISP or system administrator. If you are not using GNOME, or are not sure how to access the control center, you can run the command <command remap="Command">gnome-network-preferences</command> to start the proxy settings tool. </para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Composing New Email Messages</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You can start writing a new email message by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option"> Mail Message</emphasis>, or, while you are in the Mail tool, pressing<emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">N</emphasis> or clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> button in the toolbar.</para>
+ <figure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig" remap="Figure:Position=PageEdge:ID=usage-mail-newmsg-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">New Message Window</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=newmsg.png:Align=acenter:Height=4.864in:Position=inline:Dpi=110:Width=5.818in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/newmsg.png" width="5.818in" depth="4.864in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para">Enter an address in the <emphasis remap="Option">To:</emphasis> field. If you wish, enter a subject in the <emphasis remap="Option">Subject:</emphasis>, and a message in the box at the bottom of the window. Once you have written your message, press <emphasis remap="Option">Send</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-charsets" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-charsets">
+ <title remap="Title">Unicode, ASCII, and Non-Latin Alphabets</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you want to write in a non-Latin alphabet while using a Latin keyboard, try selecting a different input method in the message composer. Right-click on the message composition area and select from the <emphasis remap="Option">Input Methods</emphasis> menu, then begin typing. The actual keys vary by language and input style. For example, the Cyrillic input method uses transliterated Latin keyboard combinations to get the Cyrillic alphabet, combining letters where necessary. "Zh" and "ya" produce the appropriate single Cyrillic letters, and the single-quote ’ produces a soft-sign character.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For greater language display capabilities, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and check the character set choices in the <emphasis remap="Option">Mail Preferences</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Composer Preferences</emphasis> sections. If you aren’t sure which one to choose, go ahead and choose UTF-8, which offers the greatest range of character displays for the greatest range of languages.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">What is a character set?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">A character set is a computer’s version of an alphabet. In the past, the ASCII character set was used almost universally. However, it contained only 128 characters, meaning it was unable to display characters in Cyrillic, Kanjii, or other non-Latin alphabets. To get around language display problems, programmers developed a variety of mostly incompatible ways to work around their language display problems, and today, many human languages have their own specific character sets, and items written in other character sets will display incorrectly. Eventually, standards organizations developed the Unicode character set UTF-8 to provide a single compatible set of codes for everyone.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Most email messages state in advance which character set they use, so Evolution usually knows what to display for a given binary number. However, if you find that messages are displayed as rows of incomprehensible characters, try selecting a different character set in the mail settings screen. If your recipients can’t read your messages, try selecting a different character set in the composer options dialog. For some languages, such as Turkish or Korean, it may work best for you to select the language-specific character set. However, the best choice for most users is UTF-8, which offers the widest range of characters for the widest range of languages.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay">
+ <title remap="Title">Sending Composed Messages Later</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution will normally send mail as soon as you click the <emphasis remap="Option">Send</emphasis> button. However, there are a few ways you can save a message to be sent later:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you are offline when you click <emphasis remap="Option">Send</emphasis>, Evolution will add your message to the <emphasis remap="Option">Outbox</emphasis> queue. The next time you connect to the Internet and send or receive mail, that message will be sent.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Save Draft</emphasis> to store your messages in the drafts folder for later revision. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you prefer to save your message as a text file, choose <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Save As...</emphasis> and then choose a file name. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-offline" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-offline">
+ <title remap="Title">Working Offline</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Offline mode is a tool designed for use with remote mail storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you will not be connected to the network at all times. It will keep a local copy of one or more folders and allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">While POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, other connections usually download just the headers, and fetch the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you go offline, Evolution will download the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To mark a folder for offline use, right click on the folder and select <emphasis remap="Option">Properties</emphasis>, then check the box marked <emphasis remap="Option">Copy folder content locally for offline operation.</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left border of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it will display two connected cables. When you go offline, the cables will separate. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To cache your selected folders and disconnect from the network, select <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Work Offline</emphasis> or click the connection status icon in the lower left of the screen. When you want to reconnect, choose <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Work Online</emphasis> or click the connection status icon again.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose">
+ <title remap="Title">Attachments</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To attach a file to your email:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Push the attach button in the composer toolbar. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the file you want to attach. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">You can drag a file into the address area or to the attachment portion of the composer window. If you are attaching an image and wish to send it inline rather than attached, drag the image into the text composition area of the composer window. Non-image files cannot be dragged into the text composition area.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The attachment display area is at the bottom of the composer window; you can expand or shrink it by clicking the small triangle in its upper right corner.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you send the message, a copy of the attached file will go with it. Be aware that big attachments may take a long time to send and receive.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types">
+ <title remap="Title">Specifying Extra Recipients for Email</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution, like most email programs, recognizes three types of addressee: primary recipients, secondary recipients, and hidden ("blind") recipients. The simplest way to direct a message is to put the email address or addresses in the <emphasis remap="Option">To:</emphasis> field, which denotes primary recipients. To send mail to more than one or two people, you can use the <emphasis remap="Option">Cc:</emphasis> field.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Hearkening back to the dark ages when people used typewriters and there were no copy machines, "Cc" stands for "Carbon Copy." Use it whenever you want to share a message you’ve written to someone else.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Bcc:</emphasis> is a little more complex. You use it like <emphasis remap="Option">Cc:</emphasis>, but people on the <emphasis remap="Option">Bcc:</emphasis> list are hidden from the other recipients of the message. Use it to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they don’t know each other or if privacy is a concern. If your <emphasis remap="Option">Bcc:</emphasis> field is absent, click <emphasis remap="Option">View</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Bcc Field</emphasis> . </para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create address lists in the contacts tool, and then send them mail as though they had a single address. To learn how to do that, read <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-contact-organize-group-list:File=evo_04_contacts.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-contact-organize:Element=Head" linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-list">Creating a List of Contacts</link>.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Setting Reply-to On a Per-Mail Basis</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution has the ability to let you specify the Reply-To in an email. Using this, you can setup a special Reply-To for an email. To do this:</para>
+ </tip>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Open a composer window. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> Open the Reply-To field by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">View</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Reply To</emphasis> . </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> Enter the address you wish to have be the Reply-To address in the new Reply-To field. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-to">
+ <title remap="Title">Choosing Recipients Quickly</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have created address cards in the contacts tool, you can also enter nicknames or other portions of address data, and Evolution will offer a drop down list of possible address completions from your contacts. If you enter a name or nickname that can go with more than one card, Evolution will open a dialog box to ask you which person you meant.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If Evolution does not complete addresses automatically, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Autocompletion</emphasis> button. There, select the groups of contacts you want to use for address autocompletion in the mailer. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Alternately, you can click on the <emphasis remap="Option">To:</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Cc:</emphasis>, or <emphasis remap="Option">Bcc:</emphasis> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click on the arrows to move them into the appropriate address columns.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For more information about using email together with the contact manager and the calendar, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=contact-automation-basic:File=evo_04_contacts.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=contact-automation-basic:Element=Topic" linkend="contact-automation-basic">Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</link> and <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-calendar-apts:File=evo_05_calendar.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-calendar-apts:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-calendar-apts">Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">
+ <title remap="Title">Replying to Email Messages</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To reply to a message, press the <emphasis remap="Option">Reply</emphasis> button while it is selected, or choose <emphasis remap="Option">Reply to Sender</emphasis> from the message’s right-click menu. That will open the message composer. The <emphasis remap="Option">To:</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Subject:</emphasis> fields will already be filled, although you can alter them if you wish. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line to one side (for HTML display) or with the > character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it’s part of the previous message. People often intersperse their message with the quoted material as shown in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-send:Element=Figure" linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">Reply Message Window</link>.</para>
+ <figure id="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig" remap="Figure:Position=PageEdge:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">Reply Message Window</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=replymsg.png:Align=acenter:Height=4.782in:Position=inline:Dpi=110:Width=5.545in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/replymsg.png" width="5.545in" depth="4.782in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para">If you’re reading a message with several recipients, you may wish to use <emphasis remap="Option">Reply to All</emphasis> instead of <emphasis remap="Option">Reply</emphasis>. If there are large numbers of people in the <emphasis remap="Option">Cc:</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">To:</emphasis> fields, this can save substantial amounts of time.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Using the Reply to All feature</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses <emphasis remap="Option">Reply to All</emphasis>, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses <emphasis remap="Option">Reply</emphasis>. Note that his reply will not reach anyone that Susan put on her <emphasis remap="Option">Bcc</emphasis> list, since that list is not shared with anyone.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you’re subscribed to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list, rather than to the sender, choose <emphasis remap="Option">Reply to List</emphasis> instead of <emphasis remap="Option">Reply</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Reply to All</emphasis>. </para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">What is a Mailing List?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Mailing Lists are one of the most popular tools for group collaboration on the Internet. Here’s how they work:</para>
+ <simplelist remap="ListSimple">
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Someone sends a message to a single address, like evolution ximian com </member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> That address belongs to a program that distributes the message to a list of recipients. </member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <para remap="Para">The mail management program lets individuals subscribe to or unsubscribe from the list at will, without requiring the message writers to remember the addresses of every recipient.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Mailing list servers can also let network administrators control mail flow, list membership, and even moderate the content of mailing lists.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-find">
+ <title remap="Title">Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You are probably familiar with search and replace features in any sort of text-editing software, and if you’re familiar with regular expressions, you may already know what <emphasis remap="Option">Find Regex</emphasis> does. If you aren’t among the lucky who already know, here’s a quick rundown of the automated text searching features that the message composer makes available to you.</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Find</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution will find it in your message. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Find Regex</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Find a complex pattern of characters, called a <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=regular-expression:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=regular-expression:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="regular-expression">regular expression</link> or "regex" in your composer window. If you’re not sure what a regular expression is, you’re probably better off ignoring this feature.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Find Again</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select this item to repeat the last search you performed. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Replace</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">For all of these menu items, you can choose whether to <emphasis remap="Option">Search Backwards</emphasis> in the document from the point where your cursor is. For all but the regular expression search (which doesn’t need it), you are offered a check box to determine whether the search is to be <emphasis remap="Option">Case Sensitive</emphasis> when it determines a match.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">
+ <title remap="Title">Enhance your email with HTML</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Normally, you can’t set text styles or insert pictures in emails, which is why email is often regarded as uncommunicative and cold, and why people often resort to using far too many exclamation points to convey their feelings. However, most newer email programs can display images and text styles as well as basic alignment and paragraph formatting. They do this with <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=html:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=html:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="html">HTML</link>, just like web pages do.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">HTML Mail is not a Default Setting</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because some people may prefer not to get HTML mail, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML. </para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">You can change the format of an email message between plain text and HTML by choosing <emphasis remap="Option">Format</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option"> HTML</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To send all your mail as HTML by default, set your mail format preferences in the mail configuration dialog. See <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail-composer:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail-composer:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer">Composer Preferences</link> for more information.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above the space where you’ll actually compose the message. They also appear in the <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Format</emphasis> menus.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The icons in the toolbar are explained in <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=tooltip:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=tooltip:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="tooltip">tool-tips</link>, which appear when you hold your mouse over the buttons. The buttons fall into four categories: </para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Headers and lists</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">At the left edge of the toolbar, you can choose <emphasis remap="Option">Normal</emphasis> for a default text style or <emphasis remap="Option">Header 1</emphasis> through <emphasis remap="Option">Header 6</emphasis> for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include <emphasis remap="Option">preformat</emphasis>, to use the HTMl tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for the highly organized.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Using Bullets to Make Your Email More Attractive</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, try the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown list. Evolution uses more attractive bullets and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Text style</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Use these buttons to determine the way your letters look. If you have text selected, the style will apply to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style will apply to whatever you type next. The buttons are:</para>
+ <simplelist remap="ListSimple">
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Push <emphasis remap="Option">TT</emphasis> for "typewriter text," which is approximately the same as the Courier monospaced serif font.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Push <emphasis remap="Option">bold A</emphasis> for bold text</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Push <emphasis remap="Option">italic A</emphasis> for italics</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Push <emphasis remap="Option">underlined A</emphasis> to underline</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Push <emphasis remap="Option">strikethrough A</emphasis> for a strikethrough.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Alignment</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Located next to the text style buttons, these three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The leftmost button will make your text aligned to the left, the center button will center, and the right button will align the text on the right side. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Indentation rules</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The button with the arrow pointing left will decrease a paragraph’s indentation, and the right arrow will increase its indentation.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Color Selection</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">At the far right is the color section tool, where a colored box displays the current text color. To choose a new one, click the arrow button just to the right. If you have text selected, the color will apply to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color will apply to whatever you type next. You can select a background color or image by right-clicking on the message background and selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Style</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Page Style</emphasis> .</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">Under the <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> menu, there are several more items you can use to style your email. To use these and other HTML formatting tools, first make sure you have enabled HTML mode with <emphasis remap="Option">Format</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option"> HTML</emphasis>.</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Insert Link</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Lets you link some text to a website. Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTMl messages. If you don’t want special link text, you can just enter the address directly, and Evolution will recognize it as a link. </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the text you wish to link from. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Right click on the text and click on <emphasis remap="Option">Link</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Put the URL you want to use in the <emphasis remap="Option">URL</emphasis> field. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">If you’re typing a web page address to be automatically formatted, keep in mind that a space terminates the link.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Insert Image</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Lets you put an image alongside text. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To insert an image into your email: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Insert Image</emphasis> button in the toolbar, or select <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Image</emphasis> . </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose your image by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">Browse</emphasis> button. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> to insert the image. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Insert Rule</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Inserts a horizontal line into the text to help divide two sections. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To insert a rule: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Rule</emphasis> button in the <emphasis remap="Option">Toolbar</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the type of rule. You can use a plain line, a 3D line, or a yellow line with flowers. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose the size of the line, as a percentage of the width of the email window. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose the alignment and style. For the plain line, you can choose the thickness of the line, and whether it will be shaded, or solid. For the other types, you can only choose alignment. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> to insert the rule. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Insert Table</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Inserts a table into the text to help divide two sections. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To insert a table: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Table</emphasis> button in the <emphasis remap="Option">Toolbar</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the number of rows and columns for the table, and the width and height of the table. You may also choose padding and spacing for table cells, as with a standard HTMl table. If you are not familiar with HTMl table options, the default values are probably fine. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose a background image or color, if you like. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> button. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Once the table is in place, you can right-click on it and get a list of ways to alter it.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Templates</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution not only allows you to decorate your email with HTML text and graphics, but provides you with prebuilt templates for you to use when making these improvements. You can use these to emphasize a point or frame an image in an attractive manner.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To include a template into your HTML based email:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Template</emphasis> button in the toolbar or select <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Template</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the template type in the <emphasis remap="Option">Template</emphasis> selection box. Your options are <emphasis remap="Option">Note</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Image Frame</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Set the size and alignment of the HTML template. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Insert</emphasis> to insert it where the cursor is. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click on the text in the template, and enter the text you want to use. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have selected an image frame template, right-click on the image and select <emphasis remap="Option">Image</emphasis> to select the image you want to place in the frame. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-fwd">
+ <title remap="Title">Forwarding Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The post office forwards your mail for you when you change addresses, and you can forward a letter if it comes to you by mistake. The email <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis> button works in much the same way. It’s particularly useful if you have received a message and you think someone else would like to see it. You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default) or you can send it <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=inline:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=inline:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="inline">inline</link> as a quoted portion of the message you are sending. Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message on to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or altered content.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To forward a message you are reading, press <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis> on the toolbar, select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis> , or press<emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">F</emphasis>. If you prefer to forward the message <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=inline:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=inline:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="inline">inline</link> instead of attached, select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option"> Inline</emphasis> from the menu. Choose an addressee as you would when sending a new message; the subject will already be entered, although you can alter it if you wish. Enter your comments on the message in the composition frame, and press <emphasis remap="Option">Send</emphasis>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette">
+ <title remap="Title">Seven Tips for Email Courtesy</title>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Don’t forward chain letters. If you must, watch out for hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure the message doesn’t have multiple layers of greater-than signs, (>) indicating multiple layers of careless in-line forwarding. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Always begin and close with a salutation. Say "please" and "thank you," just like you do in real life. You can keep your pleasantries short, but be pleasant! </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">WRITING IN CAPITAL LETTERS MEANS YOU’RE SHOUTING! Don’t write a whole message in capital letters. It hurts people’s ears. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Check your spelling and use complete sentences. By default, Evolution will put a red line beneath words it doesn’t recognize, as you type them. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Don’t send nasty emails (flames). If you get one, don’t write back. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">When you reply or forward, include just enough of the previous message to provide context: not too much, not too little.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Don’t send spam.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="rsvp-stuff" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=rsvp-stuff:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Meetings Invitations by Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Your options are: </para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Accept</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select this entry if you will attend the meeting. When you click the <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> button, the meeting will be entered into your calendar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Tentatively Accept</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select this entry if you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> button, the meeting will be entered into your calendar, but marked as tentative.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Decline</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select this item if you will be unable to attend the meeting. The meeting will not be entered into your calendar when you click the <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>, although your response will be sent to the meeting host if you have checked the <emphasis remap="Option">RSVP</emphasis> box.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">RSVP</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Check this box if you would like your response sent to the meeting organizers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-subscriptions" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-subscriptions:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Since IMAP folders exist on the server, and opening them or checking them takes time, you need fine-grained control over the way that you use IMAP folders. That’s why Evolution has an IMAP subscriptions manager. If you prefer to have every mail folder displayed, you can select that option as well. However, if you’d like to choose specific items in your mailbox, and exclude others, you can use the subscription management tool to do that.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Here’s how: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Subscribe to Folders</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you have accounts on multiple IMAP servers, select the server where you’d like to manage your subscriptions. Evolution will display a list of available files and folders.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select a file or folder by clicking on it. You will want to select at least the <emphasis remap="Option">INBOX</emphasis> folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files may include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Subscribe</emphasis> to add it to the subscribed list.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">When you have subscribed to the folders you want, close the window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encryption" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=encryption:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Encryption</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Encryption is an ancient method of keeping information safe from prying eyes. Evolution helps you protect your privacy by using gpg, an implementation of strong <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=public-key-encryption:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=public-key-encryption:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="public-key-encryption">Public Key Encryption.</link></para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Public Key? Private Key? What is the difference?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">GPG uses two keys: public and private. You can give your public key to anyone you want to receive encrypted messages, or put it on a public key server so that people can look it up before contacting you. <emphasis remap="Emphasis">Never give your private key to anyone, ever</emphasis>. Your private key lets you decrypt any message encrypted with your public key.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">Using encryption takes a bit of forethought. When you send a message that is encrypted, you must encrypt it using your intended recipient’s public key. To <emphasis remap="Emphasis">get</emphasis> an encrypted message, you must make sure that the sender has your public key in advance. For signing messages, it’s reversed: you encrypt the signature with your private key, so only your public key can unlock it. When you send it, the recipient gets your public key and unlocks the signature, verifying your identity.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can use encryption in two different ways:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Encrypt the entire message, so that nobody but the recipient can read it.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Attach an encrypted signature to a plain text message, so that the recipient can read the message without decrypting it, and only needs decryption to verify the sender’s identity.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Sending an Encrypted Message</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Kevin wants to send an encrypted message to his friend Rachel. He looks up her public key on a general key server, and then tells Evolution to encrypt the message. The message now reads "@#$23ui7yr87# !48970fsd " When the information gets to Rachel, she decrypts it using her private key, and it appears as plain text for her to read.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Always Sign</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can set Evolution to always sign your email messages: </para>
+ </tip>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> , go to the Mail Account settings, and select the account with which you want to use encryption. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Open the <emphasis remap="Option">Security</emphasis> tab. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</emphasis> button. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <section id="encryption-smime" remap="Head:ID=encryption-smime">
+ <title remap="Title">S/MIME Encryption</title>
+ <para remap="Para">S/MIME encrpytion uses a key-based approach as well, but it has some significant advantages in convenience and security. S/MIME uses "certificates," which are basically the same as keys. The public portion of each certificate is held by the sender of a message and by one of several certificate authorities, who are paid to guarantee the identity of the sender and the security of the message. Evolution already knows a large number of certificate authorities, so when you get a message with an S/MIME certificate, your system will automatically get the public portion of the certificate and decrypt or verify the message.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">S/MIME is used most often in corporate settings. In these cases, administrators supply certificates which they have purchased from a certificate authority. In some cases, an organization can act as its own certificate authority, with or without a guarantee from a dedicated authority such as Verisign or Thawte. In either case, the system administrator will provide you with a certificate file.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you wish to use S/MIME independently, you can extract an identification certificate from your Mozilla or Netscape web browser. See the Mozilla help for more information on security certificates.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The certificate file is a password-protected file on your computer. To use it in Evolution, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and select the <emphasis remap="Option">Certificates</emphasis> tool in the settings window. Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis> button and select the file when prompted.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Similarly, you can add certificates which are sent to you independently of any authority by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">Contact Certificates</emphasis> tab and using the same <emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis> tool. You can also add new certificate authorities, which have their own certificate files, in the same way.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Security</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">S/MIMe Sign</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">S/MIMe Encrypt</emphasis> in the message composer. To have every message signed or encrypted, select an email account in the Settings dialog ( <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and, under the <emphasis remap="Option">Security</emphasis> tab, check the appropriate box. You can also import certificates in the per-account security settings dialog.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encryption-keygen" remap="Head:ID=encryption-keygen">
+ <title remap="Title">Making Encryption Keys</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Before you can get or send encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG. Here’s how:</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">GPG Versions</para>
+ <para remap="Para">This manual covers version 1.0.6 of GPG. If your version is different, this may not be entirely accurate. You may find out your version number by typing in the command: <command remap="Command">gpg --version</command>.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Open a terminal and type <command remap="Command">gpg --gen-key</command>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> Choose the default algorithm, "DSA and ElGamal."</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose a key length. The default, 1024 bits, should be long enough.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Decide if you want your key to expire automatically, and if so, when.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter your name, email address, and any additional personal information you think is appropriate. Do not falsify this information, because it will be needed to verify your identity later on.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Next, enter your passphrase. It does not have to be the same as your email password or your login password. In fact, it probably shouldn’t. Don’t forget it. If you lose it, your keys will be useless and you will be unable to decrypt messages sent to you with those keys.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Now, GPG will generate your keys. This may take awhile, so feel free to do something else while it’s happening. In fact, using your computer for something else actually helps to generate better keys, because it increases the randomness in the key generation seeds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Once the keys are generated, you can view your key information by typing <command remap="Command">gpg --list-keys</command>. You should see something similar to this: <emphasis remap="Option"> /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you your-address com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14] </emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">GPG will create one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file <command remap="DiskName">~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg</command>. If you want to give other people your key, send them that file.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you wish, you can upload your keys to a key server. Here’s how:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Check your public key ID with <command remap="Command">gpg--list-keys</command>. It will be the string after 1024D on the linebeginning with "pub." In this example, it’s 32j38dk2.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter the command <command remap="Command">gpg --send-keys --keyserverwwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</command>. Substitute your key ID for32j38dk2. You will need your password to do this.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Why Use a Key Server?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send your people public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own web page. However, it’s easier to publish them once, and then let people download them from a central place when they want.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you don’t have a key you need to unlock or encrypt a message, you can have your encryption tool set to look it up automatically. If it can’t find the key, then you’ll get an error message.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encrypt-getting-key" remap="Head:ID=encrypt-getting-key">
+ <title remap="Title">Getting and Using Public Keys</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To send an encrypted message, you’ll need to use the recipient’s public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get their public key and add it to your keyring.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command: <command remap="Command"> gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid </command>, substituting "keyid" for your recipient’s ID. You will need to type in your password, and then their ID will automatically be added to your keyring. When you send mail to them, Evolution will allow you to encrypt your messages.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If someone sends you their public key directly, save it as a plain text file and enter the command <command remap="Command">gpg filename</command>. This will add it to your keyring.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encrypt-evo-integ" remap="Head:ID=encrypt-evo-integ">
+ <title remap="Title">Setting up Evolution’s Encryption</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You’ll need to open <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and select the <emphasis remap="Option">Mail Accounts</emphasis> button, then select the account you want to use securely, and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Edit</emphasis> button. In the <emphasis remap="Option">Security</emphasis> tab is a section labeled <emphasis remap="Option">Pretty Good Privacy</emphasis>. Enter your key Id and click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>. Your key is now integrated into your identity in Evolution.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">What is my Key ID again?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you don’t remember it, you can find it by typing <command remap="Command">gpg --list-keys</command> in a console window. Your key ID will be an eight character string with random numbers and letters.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sign-msg" remap="Head:ID=sign-msg">
+ <title remap="Title">Signing a Message</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To sign a message, choose: <emphasis remap="Option">Security</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">PGP Sign</emphasis> . You will be prompted for your encryption password. Once you enter it, click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> and your message will be signed.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encrypt-msg" remap="Head:ID=encrypt-msg">
+ <title remap="Title">Encrypting a Message</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Encrypting a message is very similar to signing a message. Just choose the menu item <emphasis remap="Option">Security</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">PGP Encrypt</emphasis> .</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="unencrypting" remap="Head:ID=unencrypting">
+ <title remap="Title">Unencrypting a Received Message</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you get an encrypted message, you will need to decrypt it before you read it. Remember, the sender has to have your public key before they can send you an encrypted message.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you view the message, Evolution will ask you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the message will be displayed properly. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-mail-organize" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=usage-mail-organize">
+ <title remap="Title">Organizing your Email</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably want to sort and organize them. When you get a hundred a day and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago, you <emphasis remap="Emphasis">need</emphasis> to sort and organize them. Fortunately, Evolution has the tools to help you do it.</para>
+
+ <section id="importing-mail-and-settings" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=importing-mail-and-settings:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Importing Your Old Email</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution allows you to import old email and contacts so that you don’t need to worry about losing your old information.</para>
+
+ <section id="importing-mail" remap="Head:ID=importing-mail">
+ <title remap="Title">Importing Single Files</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution can import the following types of files:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">VCard (.vcf, .gcrd):</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to VCard format from any address book application. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">iCalendar (.ics):</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by PalmOS based handhelds, Evolution, and Microsoft Outlook. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Microsoft Outlook Express 4 (.mbx):</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 4. For other versions of Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express, see the workaround described in the note below. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">LDAP Data Interchange Format (.LDIF):</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">A standard data format for contact cards. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">MBox (.mbox or null extension):</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The email box format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution, Eudora, and many other email clients. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">To import your old email: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis> after reading the welcome screen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Import a single file</emphasis> and click <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Indicate the file that you wish to import into Evolution and click <emphasis remap="Option">Forward.</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="importing-preferences" remap="Head:ID=importing-preferences">
+ <title remap="Title">Importing Multiple Files</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution automates the import process for several applications it can recognize.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To import your old information: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis> after reading the welcome screen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Import data and settings from older programs</emphasis> and click <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution will search for old mail programs it recognizes and, if possible, import data from them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express Users</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Microsoft Outlook, and versions of Outlook Express after version 4, use proprietary formats that Evolution cannot read or import. One migration method that works well is to use the Outport application (see <ulink url="http://outport.sourceforge.net"; remap="ULink:URL=http://outport.sourceforge.net";>outport.sourceforge.net</ulink> for information) under Winodws. YOu can also import data into another Windows mail client such as Mozilla: </para>
+ </note>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">While using Windows, import the files into Mozilla Mail (or another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the standard mbox format).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Copy the files to the system or partition you use for Evolution. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Use the Evolution import tool to import the files.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Netscape Users</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Mozilla and Netscape users will need to choose <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Compact All Folders</emphasis> from within the Netscape or Mozilla mail tool. Otherwise, Evolution will import and undelete the messages in your Trash folders.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-columns" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-organize-columns:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Sorting Mail with Column Headers</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The message list normally has columns to indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important it is, and the sender, date, and subject. You can change their order and remove them by dragging and dropping them.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Right-click on one of the column headers to get a list of options:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Sort Ascending</emphasis>:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Sorts the messages top to bottom. Similarly, <emphasis remap="Option">Sort Descending</emphasis> reverses the order, and <emphasis remap="Option">Unsort</emphasis> removes sorting from this column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Remove this Column</emphasis>:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Remove this column from the display. You can also remove columns by dragging the header off the list and letting it drop. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Add a Column</emphasis>:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">When you select this item, a dialog box appears, listing the possible columns. Drag the column you want into a space between existing column headers. A red arrow will show you where the column will be placed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Best Fit</emphasis>:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Automatically adjusts the widths of the columns for the most efficient use of space.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Customize Current View</emphasis>:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose this item to pick a more complex sort order for messages, or to choose which columns of information about your messages you wish to display.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-columns-followup" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-organize-columns-followup">
+ <title remap="Title">Column Sorting with the Follow Up Feature</title>
+ <para remap="Para">One way to make sure you don’t forget about a message is with the <emphasis remap="Option">Follow Up</emphasis> feature. To use it, select one or more messages, and then right-click on one and select <emphasis remap="Option">Follow Up</emphasis>. A dialog box will open and allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Flag</emphasis> itself is the action you want to remind yourself about. Several are provided for you, such as <emphasis remap="Option">Call</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap="Option">Reply</emphasis>, but you can enter your own note or action if you wish. You may set a deadline for the flag as well.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking on the message and selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Flag Completed</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Clear Flag</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you read a flagged message, its flag status will be displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you <emphasis remap="Option">Overdue: Call by April 07, 2003, 5:00 PM</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might add a Flag Status column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a vFolder that displays all your flagged messages, and clear the flags when you’re done, so the vFolder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as "Important" by right-clicking on them and selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Mark Important</emphasis>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-folders" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-organize-folders:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Getting Organized with Folders</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution, like most other mail systems, stores mail in folders. You start out with a few mail folders, such as <emphasis remap="Option">Inbox</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Outbox</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap="Option">Drafts</emphasis>, but you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by right clicking on the folder list and selecting <emphasis remap="Option">New Folder</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>, your new folder will appear in the folder view. You can then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by using the <emphasis remap="Option">Move</emphasis> button in the toolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, click on the ones you want to move while holding down the <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> key, or use <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> to select a range of messages. If you create a filter with the filter assistant, you can have mail filed automatically.</para>
+ <warning remap="Note-Warning">
+ <para remap="Para">Subfolders in IMAP</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The INBOX folder on most IMAP servers cannot contain both subfolders and messages. When you create additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch them from the root of the IMAP account’s folder, tree, not from INBOX. If you create subfolders in your INBOX folder, you will lose the ability to read messages that exist in your INBOX until you move the folders out of the way.</para>
+ </warning>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-search" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-organize-search:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Searching for Messages</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Most mail clients can search through your messages for you, but Evolution does it faster than most, thanks to its automatic search index.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area right below the toolbar, and choose a search type:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Subject contains:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">This will show you messages where the search text is in the subject line. It will not search in the message body.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Subject does not contain:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Finds messages that do not contain the search text in the subject.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Sender contains:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Finds messages whose From: header contains a match for your search text.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Recipients contain:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Finds messages with the search text in the To: and Cc: headers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"> <emphasis remap="Option">Body contains</emphasis>:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">This will search only in message text, not the subject lines.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Body does not contain:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">This finds every email message that does not have the search text in the message body. It will still show messages that have the search text in the subject line, if it is not also in the body.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Body or subject contains</emphasis>:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">This will search message subjects and the messages themselves for the word or phrase you’ve entered in the search field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Message contains:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Searches the message body and all headers for the entered text.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">When you’ve entered your search phrase, press <emphasis remap="Option">Enter</emphasis> or click the <emphasis remap="Option">Find Now</emphasis> button. Evolution will show your search results in the message list.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For more complex search rules, select <emphasis remap="Option">Advanced</emphasis> from the <emphasis remap="Option">Search</emphasis> menu. You may want to create a vFolder instead; see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">Getting Really Organized with vFolders</link> for more detail.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you’re done with the search, go back to seeing all your messages by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">Clear</emphasis> button, or by entering a blank search.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You’ll see a similar approach to sorting messages when you create filters and vFolders in the next few sections.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-spam" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-organize-spam:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Stopping Junk Mail (Spam)</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution can check for junk mail for you. When the software detects mail that appears to be junk mail, it will flag it and hide it from your view. Messages that are flagged as junk mail are displayed only in the <emphasis remap="Option">Junk</emphasis> folder.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The junk mail filter can "learn" which kinds of mail are legitimate and which are not if you train it. When you first start using junk mail blocking, check the <emphasis remap="Option">Junk</emphasis> folder to be sure that legitimate mail doesn’t get flagged as junk mail. If good mail, also known as "ham," is mis-flagged, remove it from the <emphasis remap="Option">Junk</emphasis> folder by right-clicking on it and selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Mark as Not Junk</emphasis>. If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click it and select <emphasis remap="Option">Mark as Junk</emphasis>. When you correct it, the filter will be able to recognize similar messages in the future, and will become more accurate as time goes on.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To change your junk mail filtering preferences, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Mail Preferences</emphasis> button. In the mail preferences tool, select the <emphasis remap="Option">Junk</emphasis> tab. Here, you have several options: </para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Check incoming mail for junk</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">This option turns automatic junk mail filtering on or off.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Include remote tests</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">This option uses tests that require a network connection, such as checking to see if a message is in a list of known junk messages, or if the sender or gateway are blacklisted by anti-spam organizations. Remote tests add to the amount of time it takes to check for junk mail, but increase accuracy.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-filters" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-organize-filters:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Create Rules to Automatically Organize Mail</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Filters work very much like the mail room in a large company. Their purpose is to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the various folders. In addition, you can have multiple filters performing multiple actions that may effect the same message in several ways. For example, your filters could put copies of one message into multiple folders, or keep a copy and send one to another person as well, and it can do that quickly. Of course, it’s also faster and more flexible than an actual person with a pile of envelopes.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Quick Filter Creation</para>
+ <para remap="Para">There is an easy shortcut for fast filter or vFolder creation. Right-click on the message in the message list, and select one of the items under the <emphasis remap="Option">Create Rule from Message</emphasis> submenu. Creating a rule based on a message opens the filter creation tool with some of the information about the message already filled in for your convenience. </para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-org-filters-new" remap="Head:ID=usage-mail-org-filters-new">
+ <title remap="Title">Creating New Filter Rules</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To create a new filter rule: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Filters...</emphasis> .</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press the <emphasis remap="Option">Add</emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Name your filter in the <emphasis remap="Option">Rule name</emphasis> field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Define the criteria for the filter in the <emphasis remap="Option">If</emphasis> section. For each filter criterion, you must first select which of the following parts of the message you want the filter to examine: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Sender - The sender’s address.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Recipients - The recipients of the message.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Subject - The subject line of the message.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Specific Header - The filter can look at any header you want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name in the first text box, and put your search text in the second one. </para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Repeated Headers</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution will pay attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "engineering rupertcorp com" and then restates it as "marketing rupertcorp com," Evolution will filter as though the second declaration had not occurred. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression. </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language, used to define filters in Evolution.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Date sent - Filter messages according to the date on which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet:<emphasis remap="Option">before</emphasis> a given time, <emphasis remap="Option">after</emphasis> it, and so forth. Then, choose the time. The filter will compare the message’s time-stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can even have it look for messages within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Date Received - This works the same way as the <emphasis remap="Option">Date Sent</emphasis> option, except that it compares the time you got the message with the dates you specify.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Label - Messages may have labels of <emphasis remap="Option">Important</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Work</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Personal</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">To Do</emphasis>, or <emphasis remap="Option">Later</emphasis>. You can set these labels with other filters or by hand.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Score - Set the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Size (kB) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Status - Filters according to the status of a message. Status may be <emphasis remap="Option">Replied To</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Draft</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Important</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Read</emphasis>, or <emphasis remap="Option">Junk</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Flagged - Check whether the message is flagged for follow-up.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Attachments - Create a filter based on whether you have an attachment in the email.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Mailing List - Filter based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter may miss messages from some list servers, because Filtering it checks for the <screen remap="Message">X-BeenThere</screen> header, used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers which do not set <screen remap="Message">X-BeenThere</screen> properly will not be caught by these filters. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Regex Match: If you know your way around a <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=regular-expression:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=regular-expression:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="regular-expression">regex</link>, or regular expression, put your knowledge to use here. This allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and ends with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use regular expressions, check the manual page for the <command remap="Command">grep</command> command.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Source Account - Filter messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Pipe to Program - Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Junk Test - Filter based on the results of the junk mail test.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the criterion for the condition. If you want multiple criteria for this filter, press <emphasis remap="Option">Add criterion</emphasis> and repeat the previous step.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the actions for the filter in the <emphasis remap="Option">Then</emphasis> section. You can select any of the following options. </para>
+ <simplelist remap="ListSimple">
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Move to Folder - Move the message into a folder you specify. Click the <emphasis remap="Option"><click here to select a folder></emphasis> button to select the destination folder. </member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Copy to Folder - Put a copy of the message into a folder you specify. Click the <emphasis remap="Option"><click here to select a folder></emphasis> button to select the destination folder. </member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Delete - Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you manually <emphasis remap="Option">Expunge</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Empty Trash</emphasis>.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Stop Processing - Select this if you want to tell all other filters to ignore this message, because whatever you’ve done with it so far is plenty.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem">Assign Color - Mark the message with a color of your choice.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Assign Score - Assign the message a numeric score. </member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Adjust Score - Change the numeric score by the amount you set here.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Set Status - Set the status of the message. Status may be <emphasis remap="Option">Replied To</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Draft</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Important</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Read</emphasis>, or <emphasis remap="Option">Junk</emphasis>.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Unset Status - If the message has a status value, unset it. If a status value is not set, do nothing. </member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Beep - Make the system beep.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Play Sound - Select a sound file, and Evolution will play it.</member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Pipe to Program - Send the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post-processing not supported by Evolution. </member>
+ <member remap="SimpleItem"> Run Program - Evolution will run an application.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Add Action - If you want to add multiple actions for this filter, press <emphasis remap="Option">Add action</emphasis> and repeat the previous step.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> in the <emphasis remap="Option">Add a Rule</emphasis> dialog.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> in the <emphasis remap="Option">Filters</emphasis> window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">When Are Filters Applied?</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For POP mail, filters are applied as messages are downloaded. For IMAP mail, filters are applied to new messages when you enter the INBOX folder. On Exchange servers, filters are not applied until you enter your INBOX folder and select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Apply Filters</emphasis> or press <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Y</emphasis>. To force your filters to act on all messages in the folder, select the entire folder (<emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">A</emphasis>) and then apply the filters (<emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Y</emphasis>.) </para>
+ </note>
+ <figure id="usage-mail-filter-fig-createrule" remap="Figure:Position=PageEdge:ID=usage-mail-filter-fig-createrule">
+ <title remap="Title">Creating a Mail Filter</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=filter-new-fig.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=72:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/filter-new-fig.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have several filters that match a single message, they will all be applied to the message in order, unless one of the filters has the action <emphasis remap="Option">Stop Processing</emphasis>. If you use that action in a filter, the messages that it affects will not be touched by other filters. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you first open the filters dialog, you are shown the list of filters sorted in the order in which they will be applied. You can move them up and down in the priority list by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">Up</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Down</emphasis> buttons. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="filters-edit" remap="Head:ID=filters-edit">
+ <title remap="Title">Editing Filters</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To edit a filter: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Filters</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the filter in the <emphasis remap="Option">Filter Rules</emphasis> section and press <emphasis remap="Option">Edit</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Change the desired settings.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> in the <emphasis remap="Option">Add a Rule</emphasis> dialog.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> in the <emphasis remap="Option">Filters</emphasis> window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="filters-deleting" remap="Head:ID=filters-deleting">
+ <title remap="Title">Deleting Filters</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To delete a filter: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Filters</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the filter and press <emphasis remap="Option">Remove</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> in the filter manager window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Changing Folder Names and Filters</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Incoming email that your filters don’t move goes into the Inbox; outgoing mail that they don’t move ends up in the Sent folder. So be sure to change the filters that go with it.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-mail-organize-vfolders:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Getting Really Organized with vFolders</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If filters aren’t flexible enough for you, or you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a vFolder. vFolders, or virtual folders, are an advanced way of viewing your email messages within Evolution. If you get a lot of mail or often forget where you put messages, vFolders can help you stay on top of things.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">A vFolder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you set it up like a filter. In other words, while a conventional folder actually contains messages, a vFolder is a view of messages that may be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria you choose in advance.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">As messages that meet the vFolder criteria arrive or are deleted, Evolution will automatically adjust the vFolder contents. When you delete a message, it gets erased from the folder in which it actually exists, as well as any vFolders that display it.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Imagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds of vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and changing groups of faculty, staff, administrators and students. The more mail you need to organize, the less you can afford the sort of confusion that stems from an organizational system that’s not flexible enough. vFolders make for better organization because they can accept overlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing systems can’t.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">The "Unmatched" vFolder</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The Unmatched vFolder is the opposite of the others: it displays whatever messages do not appear in other vFolders.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you use remote email storage like IMAP or Microsoft Exchange, and have created vFolders to search through them, the Unmatched vFolder will follow your lead, and search the remote folders as well. If you do not create any vFolders that search in remote mail stores, the Unmatched vFolder will not search in them either.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">Using Folders, Searches, and vFolders</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To organize his mailbox, Jim sets up a virtual folder for emails from his friend and co-worker Anna. He has another one for messages that have novell.com in the address and Evolution in the subject line, so he can keep a record of what people from work send him about Evolution. If Anna sends him a message about anything other than Evolution, it only shows up in the "Anna" folder. When Anna sends him mail about the user interface for Evolution, he can see that message both in the "Anna" vFolder and in the "Internal Evolution Discussion" vFolder. </para>
+
+ <section id="vfolder-create" remap="Head:ID=vfolder-create">
+ <title remap="Title">Creating vFolders</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To create a vFolder: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Virtual Folder Editor</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Add</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Name your vFolder in the <emphasis remap="Option">Rule name</emphasis> field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select your search criteria. For each criterion, you must first select which of the following parts of the message you want the search to examine. The criteria are similar to those for filters:</para>
+ <figure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule" remap="Figure:Position=PageEdge:ID=usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule">
+ <title remap="Title">Selecting a vFolder Rule</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=vfolder-createrule-fig.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=72:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/vfolder-createrule-fig.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Sender - The sender’s address.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Recipients - The recipients of the message.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Subject - The subject line of the message.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an expression you write in Scheme. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Date sent - Search messages according to the date on which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet: <emphasis remap="Option">before</emphasis> a given time, <emphasis remap="Option">after</emphasis> it, and so forth. Then, choose the time. The vFolder will compare the message’s time-stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for messages within a range of time relative to the filter.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Date Received - This works the same way as the <emphasis remap="Option">Date Sent</emphasis> option, except that it compares the time you got the message with the dates you specify.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Label - This works the same way as the <emphasis remap="Option">Score</emphasis> option, although it allows you to select from various labels applied to the message, such as <emphasis remap="Option">Important, Personal, To Do, Work</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Later</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Score - a numeric score that you can assign to messages using filters </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Size (kB) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Status - Searches according to the status of a message, such as ’Draft’.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Follow Up - Checks whether you have flagged the message for follow up.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Attachments - Create a vFolder based on whether or not you have an attachment in the email.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Mailing List - Search based on the mailing list it came from.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the folders in which this vFolder will search. Your options are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Specific folders only - Use individual folders for the vFolder to use as its sources.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">With all local folders </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">With all active remote folders - Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the vFolder to include any messages from that source.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">With all local and active remote folders </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> in the vFolder editing tool and in the vFolder list dialog boxes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-contact" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=usage-contact">
+ <title remap="Title">Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</title>
+ <para remap="Para">This chapter will show you how to use the Evolution contacts tool to organize any amount of contact information, share addresses over a network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks. To learn about configuring the contacts tool, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-contact:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-contact:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-contact">Directory Servers</link>. You can import contacts from other contact management tools with the Import tool by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis>, or by mailing them to yourself as vCard attachments.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Double-click on a card to display all its details.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-cards" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-contact-cards:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">The Contact Editor</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you want to add or change cards, you’ll use the contact editor. To change a card that already exists, double click on it to open the contact editor window. If you want to create a new card, clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> button in the toolbar will open the same window, with blank entry boxes for you to fill in.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The contact editor window has three tabs, <emphasis remap="Option">Contact</emphasis>, for basic contact information, <emphasis remap="Option">Personal Information</emphasis>, for a more specific description of the person, including URLs for their calendar and free/busy information, and <emphasis remap="Option">Mailing Address</emphasis>. In the <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> menu you will find <emphasis remap="Option">Forward Contact</emphasis>, which opens a new message with the card already attached, and <emphasis remap="Option">Send Message to Contact</emphasis>, which will open a new message to the contact’s email address.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">From the contact editor toolbar, you can <emphasis remap="Option">Save and Close</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Print</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Close</emphasis>, or <emphasis remap="Option">Delete</emphasis> the contact.</para>
+ <figure id="usage-contact-editor-fig" remap="Figure:ID=usage-contact-editor-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">Evolution Contact Editor</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=contact-editor.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/contact-editor.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Contact Shortcuts</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can add cards from within an email message or calendar appointment. While looking at an email, right-click on any email address or message, and choose <emphasis remap="Option">Create Card for this Address</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Create Card for this Sender</emphasis> from the menu.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para remap="Para">Most of the items in the contact editor simply display the information you enter, but some of them have additional features:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Full Name</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter the name of your contact here. You can enter a name into the <emphasis remap="Option">Full Name</emphasis> field, but you can also click the <emphasis remap="Option">Full Name</emphasis> button to bring up a small dialog box with a few text boxes for first and last names, titles like "Mr." or "Her Excellency," and suffixes like "Jr."</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Full Name</emphasis> field also interacts with the <emphasis remap="Option">File Under</emphasis> box to help you organize your contacts and to handle multi-word surnames.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To see how it works, type a name in the <emphasis remap="Option">Full Name</emphasis> field. As an example, we’ll use <emphasis remap="Option">Miguel de Icaza</emphasis>. You’ll notice that the <emphasis remap="Option">File Under</emphasis> field also fills in, but in reverse: <screen remap="Message">Icaza, Miguel de </screen>. If you had entered <emphasis remap="Option">John Q. Doe</emphasis>, the contacts editor would have correctly guessed that the entry should be filed under "Doe, John Q." However, Miguel’s surname, "de Icaza," has two words, and so to get proper sorting you must enter <emphasis remap="Option">de Icaza, Miguel</emphasis> in the <emphasis remap="Option">File As</emphasis> entry.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Where</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select one of your address books as the location for this contact. You may not be able to write to all available address books, especially those on a network.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Categories</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Categories</emphasis> button to select categories for this card. If you assign contact categories, you can then search for contacts using those categories. For more information on contact categories, read <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-contact-organize:File=evo_04_contacts.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-contact-organize:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-contact-organize">Organizing your Contacts</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Free/Busy and Calendar URLs</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Personal Information</emphasis> tab to enter web addresses for the contact. If the contact publishes Free/Busy or calendar data online, using a server other than Exchange or GroupWise, you can enter the address for those servers here. Once you do so, you will be able to check their schedule when creating appointments in the calendar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="contact-search" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=contact-search:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Searching for Contacts</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To search through contacts: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select your search type in the search bar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter your query.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press return to search.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">For a more complex search, select <emphasis remap="Option">Search</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Advanced</emphasis> and select criteria that describe your desired contact:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Name the rule in the <emphasis remap="Option">Rule Name</emphasis> field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Setup your criteria in the <emphasis remap="Option">If</emphasis> section.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you want to add more criteria, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Add Criterion</emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Search</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">To show all your contacts, Click <emphasis remap="Option">Clear</emphasis> in the search bar, press <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">B</emphasis> or search with an empty query.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-contact-organize:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Organizing your Contacts</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Just as you can search mail, you can search contacts. You can also create several individual address books, or contact groups. Within a given contact group, you can have several categories of contacts. </para>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize-group" remap="Head:ID=usage-contact-organize-group">
+ <title remap="Title">Contacts Groups</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The simplest way to organize contacts is to create additional groups of contacts. You can create a new one by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Contacts Group</emphasis> For contacts groups on your computer, you only need to provide a name. For contacts on the network, you will need to provide more information about the contacts server you are trying to access. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To move a card from one group to another, just drag it there from the main display of contacts. Note that you will not be able to change the contents of most network contact groups. </para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Contact Lists and Contact Groups</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Contacts groups are not the same as contact lists. a contact group is like a folder or address book full of contacts. a contact list is a single contact which contains other contacts, and is most often used to email several people at once. </para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize-group-list" remap="Head:ID=usage-contact-organize-group-list">
+ <title remap="Title">Creating a List of Contacts</title>
+ <para remap="Para">A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send email to the nickname, it is sent to every member of the list. This differs from a network mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address managed by a mailing list application on a server.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For example, you could create one card for each family member, then add those cards to a contact list called "Family." Then, instead of entering each person’s email address individually, you could send email to "Family" and the message would go to all of them.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"> To create a list of contacts: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Open the list creation dialog box by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">New List</emphasis> button or selecting <emphasis remap="Option"> File </emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option"> New </emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option"> Contact List </emphasis> .</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter a name for the list. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter names or email addresses of contacts, or just drag contacts from the main window into the list. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose whether you would like to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list. Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the "Bcc:" feature discussed in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-mail-getnsend-send:Element=Head" linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types">Specifying Extra Recipients for Email</link>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">When you are done, click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>. The list will appear as a contact card, which you can use as you would any other. That includes emailing the list to another person, and, of course, sending email to the list.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To mail the list, open a new email and type the name you chose for the list. Evolution will address the message to the entire list when you send it. You can also right-click on the list’s address card in the contacts tool and select <emphasis remap="Option">Send Message to List</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution cannot store contact lists on Microsoft Exchange servers.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize-group-category" remap="Head:ID=usage-contact-organize-group-category">
+ <title remap="Title">Grouping with Categories</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The other way to group cards is to mark them as belonging to different categories. That means that you can mark a card as being in several categories or no category at all. For example, you put a friend’s card in the "Business" category, because he works with you, the "Friends" category, because he’s a friend, and the "Frequent" category, because you call him often, but can never remember the number.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Categories</emphasis> button at the lower right. From the dialog box that appears, you can check as many or as few categories as you like.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If the master list of categories doesn’t suit you, you can add your own. Just enter the new category’s name in the text box, then click <emphasis remap="Option">Categories</emphasis> and choose <emphasis remap="Option">Edit Master Category List</emphasis> in the window that appears. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-sharing" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-contact-sharing:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">LDAP: Shared Contact Groups on a Network</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=ldap:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=ldap:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To learn how to add a remote directory to your available contact folders, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-contact:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-contact:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-contact">Directory Servers</link>. Remote groups of contacts appear under the <emphasis remap="Option">On LDAp Servers</emphasis> item in the shortcut bar. They work exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following exceptions: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local contacts list.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution will not normally load data from the LDAP server immediately upon opening. You must click <emphasis remap="Option">Display All</emphasis> before contacts will be loaded from the network. You can change this behavior in the Contact Preferences window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Depending on your server settings, you may not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-sharing-setup" remap="Head:ID=usage-contact-sharing-setup">
+ <title remap="Title">Configuring Evolution to use LDAP</title>
+ <para remap="Para">For information about setting up Evolution to use LDAP, please refer to <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-contact:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-contact:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-contact">Directory Servers</link></para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="contact-automation-basic" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=contact-automation-basic:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title>
+ <para remap="Para">As noted before, when you get information about a person in the mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address card. To do so, right click on any email address or email message, and select <emphasis remap="Option">Add Sender to Contacts</emphasis> from the menu that appears. Evolution can also add cards from a hand-held device during HotSync operation. For more information about that, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-sync:File=evo_07_synchronizing.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-sync:Element=Chapter" linkend="usage-sync">Synchronizing with Hand-Held Devices</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-calendar" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=usage-calendar">
+ <title remap="Title">Evolution Calendar</title>
+ <para remap="Para">This chapter will show you how to use the Evolution Calendar to manage your schedule alone or in conjunction with peers. To learn about importing calendar data, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=importing-mail:File=evo_03_organizing_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=importing-mail-and-settings:Element=Head" linkend="importing-mail">Importing Single Files</link>, which covers the Import tool.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-view" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-calendar-view:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title>
+ <para remap="Para">In Evolution, you can keep multiple calendars and overlay them one over the next. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The shortcut bar lists those calendars, and you can check or uncheck the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view at any one time.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The toolbar offers you four different buttons that can show you different views of your calendar: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Day </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Work Week </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Week </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Month </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar at the upper right. To do this, click and drag on the days that you wish to view in your calendar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Prev</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Next</emphasis> buttons will move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you’re looking at only one day, you’ll see tomorrow’s page, or yesterday’s. If you’re looking at your calendar by week or month, you’ll move around by just that much. To come back to today’s listing, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Today</emphasis> button in the toolbar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click <emphasis remap="Option">Go To</emphasis> and select the date in the dialog box that appears.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-apts" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-calendar-apts:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-apts-basic" remap="Head:ID=usage-calendar-apts-basic">
+ <title remap="Title">Creating Appointments</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To create a new appointment, select <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Appointment</emphasis> click the <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> button on the left end of the toolbar, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Your appointment must have a starting and ending date (by default, today) but you can choose whether to give it starting and ending times or to mark it as an <emphasis remap="Option">All day event</emphasis>. An <emphasis remap="Option">All day event</emphasis> appears at the top of a day’s appointment list, in the grey header under the date, rather than inside it. That makes it easy to have appointments that overlap and fit inside each other. For example, a conference might be an all day appointment, and the meetings at the conference would be timed appointments. Of course, appointments with specific starting and ending times can also overlap. When they do they’re displayed as multiple columns in the day view of the calendar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have more than one calendar, be sure to select the calendar in which you want to save the appointment. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution supports the use of time zones. If you share calendar files with friends or co-workers, it is quite possible you will need to configure your time zone. To configure your time zone: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> , and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Calendar And Tasks</emphasis> icon in the settings dialog.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Globe</emphasis> button in the <emphasis remap="Option">Time</emphasis> section, located in the <emphasis remap="Option">General</emphasis> tab.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Each red dot represents a major city. Click a dot and click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> to select your time zone.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">You can also configure time zone information specific to the Start and End time in each appointment. To do that, simply create a new appointment and click on a globe to customize the time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make sure that you’re not calling each other a few hours off. Setting time-zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Multiple Simultaneous Appointments</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you create calendar appointments that overlap, Evolution will display them side by side in your calendar. However, Evolution cannot help you do multiple things at once. </para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">You can have several <emphasis remap="Option">Reminders</emphasis>, any time prior to the appointment you’ve scheduled. You can have one reminder of each of the following types: </para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Display:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">A window will pop up on your screen to remind you of your appointment. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Audio:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose this to have your computer deliver a sound alarm. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Program:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select this if you would like to run a program as a reminder. You can enter its name in the text field, or find it with the <emphasis remap="Option">Browse</emphasis> button. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Reminders Without Evolution</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have stored reminders in a local calendar, they will work from the moment you log in. However, for reminders stored on an Exchange server, you must run Evolution at least once after logging in. No matter where the reminders are stored, you can quit Evolution and still be reminded of an upcoming appointment. </para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">If you are using a a calendar on a GroupWise or Exchange server, select a <emphasis remap="Option">Classification</emphasis> for the appointment, to determine who can view it. <emphasis remap="Option">Public</emphasis> is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar sharing network. <emphasis remap="Option">Private</emphasis> denotes one level of security, and <emphasis remap="Option">Confidential</emphasis> an even higher level. The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you are using a GroupWise or Exchange server, other people on the server can check your schedule to see if you are available at any given time. If you have an appointment that is flexible or that you wish to designate as "Free" rather than "Busy" time, check the <emphasis remap="Option">Free</emphasis> box in the<emphasis remap="Option">Show Time As</emphasis> section. Normally, appointments display as "Busy." </para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can categorize appointments in the same way you can categorize contacts. Click the <emphasis remap="Option">Categories</emphasis> button opens up a checklist. Check the box next to each category that matches the appointment you are creating. </para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Adding a New Appointment Category</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can add a new category to your category list by clicking on <emphasis remap="Option">Edit Master Category List</emphasis> and single-clicking on <emphasis remap="Option"> Click here to add a category</emphasis>.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you’ve selected your categories, click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> to assign these categories to the appointment. The categories you selected are now listed in the text box to the right of the <emphasis remap="Option">Categories...</emphasis> button.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Appointments with categories will appear with icons in the calendar display, and you can also search for appointments by category. To display only the appointments in a particular category, select <emphasis remap="Option">Category Is</emphasis> in the search bar at the top of the calendar, and select a category.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Recurrence</emphasis> tab lets you describe repetition in appointments ranging from once every day up to once every 100 years. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment will stop recurring, and, under <emphasis remap="Option">Exceptions</emphasis>, pick individual days when the appointment will <emphasis remap="Emphasis">not</emphasis> recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you’ll form a sentence: "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2008" or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences."</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you’re done with all those settings, click on the disk icon in the toolbar to save and close the appointment editor window. If you want, you can alter an appointment summary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You can change other settings by right-clicking on the appointment then choosing <emphasis remap="Option">Open</emphasis>, or double-clicking the appointment.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="old-meetings" remap="Head:ID=old-meetings">
+ <title remap="Title">Deleting Old Events</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Keeping a huge list of everything you did in the past will eventually slow down your calendar. To delete old events, select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Purge </emphasis> and enter the number of days of past events you wish to keep. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-rsvp" remap="Head:ID=usage-calendar-rsvp">
+ <title remap="Title">Sending a Meeting Invitation</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution can be used to schedule group meetings and help you manage responses to meeting requests.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When you create a meeting or group appointment, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required." When you save the appointment listing, each attendee will be sent an email with the appointment information and gives them the option to respond.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Simple Announcements</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you don’t need to collect attendance information when you’re scheduling an event, and would rather just announce it, select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Forward as iCalendar</emphasis>. That will open a new email message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients will be able to add the event to their calendars with one click, but won’t automatically send you email about whether they’ll attend.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para remap="Para">To schedule a meeting: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Schedule Meeting</emphasis> . The <emphasis remap="Option">Scheduling</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Meeting</emphasis> tabs open.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you have multiple Evolution email accounts, choose the one you’ll use by selecting an item in the <emphasis remap="Option">Organizer</emphasis> field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click the space labeled <emphasis remap="Option">Click here to add an attendee</emphasis> to enter the names and email addresses of people you will invite, or click the <emphasis remap="Option">Invite Others</emphasis> to select them from your contacts.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Save the Appointment.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">An email is now sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="replying-to-rsvp" remap="Head:ID=replying-to-rsvp">
+ <title remap="Title">Replying to a Meeting Request</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Meeting requests are sent as iCal attachments. To view or respond to one, click on the attachment icon and view it inline in the mail window. All the details are shown about the event including time and dates. Then you can choose how to reply to the invitation. Your choices are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Accept</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Tentatively Accept</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Decline</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> and an email will be sent to the organizer with your answer. The event will also be added to your calendar if you accept.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Note, however, that if you add a meeting to your calendar, there are some limitations: only the organizer of a meeting can add participants in a meeting. Your only options, as a participant, are to accept the meeting, or decline it. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to your copy, but be aware that if the original organizer sends out another update, your changes may be overwritten.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">There Can Be Only One</para>
+ <para remap="Para">A meeting can have only one organizer. You can designate yourself the organizer of the meeting, but unless you coordinate that action with the organizer you are replacing, you could create confusion in the scheduling process. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting without changing the organizer, it’s best to forward the first organizer’s message to the additional participants.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="receiving-rsvp-response" remap="Head:ID=receiving-rsvp-response">
+ <title remap="Title">Getting Responses to Meeting Requests</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you get a reply to your meeting invitation, you’ll need to view it inline in the email. Click the attachment and select <emphasis remap="Option">View Inline</emphasis>. At the bottom, you can click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> to update your attendee list.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-freebusy" remap="Head:ID=usage-calendar-freebusy">
+ <title remap="Title">Scheduling Meetings and The Free/Busy View</title>
+ <para remap="Para">In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Exchange and Groupwise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use iCal event invitations to coordinate schedules with other people.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To access the free/busy view: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Open or create an appointment in the <emphasis remap="Option">Calendar</emphasis> window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Schedule Meeting</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Open the <emphasis remap="Option">Scheduling</emphasis> tab.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <figure id="bs4aw7i" remap="Figure:Position=PageEdge:ID=bs4aw7i">
+ <title remap="Title">Appointment Scheduling Window</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=schedule.png:Align=acenter:Height=3.782in:Position=inline:Dpi=110:Width=6.655in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/schedule.png" width="6.655in" depth="3.782in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para"> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" remap="InlineGraphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=full-1.png:Description=Image:Align=acenter:Height=0.191in:Position=inline:Dpi=110:Width=0.200in:Yoffset=0.000in" fileref="figures/full-1.png" width="0.200in" depth="0.191in"/> <emphasis remap="Option">Attendee List</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Attendee List</emphasis> lists off the people who have been invited to the respective appointment. It also shows their RSVP status.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" remap="InlineGraphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=full-2.png:Description=Image:Align=acenter:Height=0.191in:Position=inline:Dpi=110:Width=0.191in:Yoffset=0.000in" fileref="figures/full-2.png" width="0.191in" depth="0.191in"/> <emphasis remap="Option">Schedule Grid</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Schedule Grid</emphasis> shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare people’s schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals will only have visible scheduling information if they use the same GroupWise or Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact card using the contact editor.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"> <inlinegraphic format="PNG" remap="InlineGraphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=full-3.png:Description=Image:Align=acenter:Height=0.191in:Position=inline:Dpi=110:Width=0.191in:Yoffset=0.000in" fileref="figures/full-3.png" width="0.191in" depth="0.191in"/> <emphasis remap="Option">Meeting Scheduler</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Meeting Scheduler</emphasis> allows you to schedule the meeting in the <emphasis remap="Option">Free/Busy</emphasis> window.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-freebusy-scheduling" remap="Head:ID=usage-calendar-freebusy-scheduling">
+ <title remap="Title">Scheduling an Appointment</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To schedule an appointment, you’ll first need people’s free/busy information. If you’re using the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange, all of the information is already available to you in the Global Address List. Otherwise, each person will have to email you their schedule files and you will have to incorporate them into your calendar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Regardless of how you get the information, Evolution will display it in the <emphasis remap="Option">Scheduling</emphasis> tab. The pending appointment time will appear in white with bold black borders. Each attendee’s free and busy times appear color-coded next to their names in the attendee list.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the <emphasis remap="Option">Autopick</emphasis> buttons to choose a time automatically, then click <emphasis remap="Option">Save and Close</emphasis>. Attendees on an Exchange server will have the appointment updated automatically; others will receive email notification of any change in plans.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Read <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=full-advantage:File=evo_06_exchange.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=full-advantage:Element=Topic" linkend="full-advantage">Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</link> to learn about how to use this feature with the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="publishing-freebusy" remap="Head:ID=publishing-freebusy">
+ <title remap="Title">Publishing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You can publish Free/Busy information to a WebDAV or other web server with HTTP PUT support. Check with your system administrator if you are not sure.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To set up Free/Busy publishing, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> , then click the <emphasis remap="Option">Calendar and Tasks</emphasis> tool. In the <emphasis remap="Option">Free/Busy Publishing</emphasis> tab, click <emphasis remap="Option">Add</emphasis> and enter the URL for your upload server. Select the frequency with which you wish to upload data, the calendars for which you wish to display data, your username and password, and then click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To have Free/Busy data published immediately, go to the <emphasis remap="Option">Calendar</emphasis> tool and select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Publish Free/Busy</emphasis></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="accessing-freebusy-offserver" remap="Head:ID=accessing-freebusy-offserver">
+ <title remap="Title">Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If someone gives you a URL for Free/Busy data or their web calendar, you can enter it as part of their contact information in the <emphasis remap="Option">Contacts</emphasis> tool. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution will look up their schedule and display it in the meeting planner.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-multiple" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-calendar-multiple:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Multiple Calendars and Web Calendars</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To create a new calendar, select <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Calendar</emphasis> . If the calendar is one you plan to store locally, you need only provide a name and color. If it is a remote calendar, enter the name, color, URL, and a refresh frequency. The refresh frequency determines how often Evolution will check to see if the calendar has changed. If you are working with someone who publishes an online calendar, you may want to check for updates every thirty minutes. On the other hand, if you have displayed a sports team schedule in your calendar, you may not need to refresh it more than once a week, if at all.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The website <ulink url="http://icalshare.com"; remap="ULink:URL=http://icalshare.com";>icalshare.com</ulink> has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-todo" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=usage-calendar-todo:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">The Task Pad</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your calendar appointments. You can use the list in a larger window by choosing the <emphasis remap="Option">Tasks</emphasis> button in the shortcut bar or in the folder tree.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To record a new task, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Add</emphasis> button in the toolbar. Evolution will pop up a small window with five items in it:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"> <emphasis remap="Option">Summary:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The description you enter here will appear in the To Do list itself.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"> <emphasis remap="Option">Due Date:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Decide when this item is due. You can either type in a date and time, or select one from the <emphasis remap="Option">Calendar</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">time</emphasis> drop-down menus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Start Date:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The date you intend to start working.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"> <emphasis remap="Option">Description:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you wish, you can keep a more detailed description of the item here. For example, you can note that a task is in progress, and display how close it is to completion.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Classification:</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Sets who will see it if your calendar is shared.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">There are more options in the <emphasis remap="Option">Details</emphasis> tab such as priority and progress settings.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you’ve added a task to your to-do list, its summary appears in the <emphasis remap="Option">Summary</emphasis> section of task list. To view or edit a detailed description of an item, double-click on it, or right click on it and select <emphasis remap="Option">Open</emphasis>. You can delete items by selecting them and clicking on the <emphasis remap="Option">Delete</emphasis> button.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The list of tasks is sorted in a similar way to the list of email messages in Evolution Mail. Click once on the message headers to change the direction and type of sorting, or right-click to add or remove columns from the display.</para>
+
+ <section id="task-folders" remap="Head:ID=task-folders">
+ <title remap="Title">Task Groups</title>
+ <para remap="Para">As with calendars, you can create multiple task groups. Task groups are more easily organized in the dedicated <emphasis remap="Option">Tasks</emphasis> tool. Each task group is assigned a color, and in the <emphasis remap="Option">Tasks</emphasis> tool shortcut bar you can hide and show task groups just like calendars. In the calendar display task pad, tasks from all visible task groups will appear, color coded by group. To create a new task group, select <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Task Group</emphasis>. You will be prompted for a name, color, and location for the task group. If the task group is online, you will need to provide the URL for it.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="bs4tmzx" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=bs4tmzx">
+ <title remap="Title">Connecting to GroupWise</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The GroupWise Connector enables you to connect Evolution to a GroupWise e-mail system. The following GroupWise features are supported in Evolution using the GroupWise Connector:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Creation of GroupWise accounts</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Access to GroupWise mailboxes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Calendar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Address Book</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Tasks</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Posted Calendar items</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Autocompletion of Contact names</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="bs4tpft" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=bs4tpft:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Configuring Evolution for GroupWise</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If this is your first time starting Evolution, the Evolution Account Assistant window appears. If the Evolution Account Assistant window does not appear, click Tools > Settings, then click Mail Accounts. </para>
+ <procedure remap="Procedure">
+ <step id="brugnl1" remap="Step:ID=brugnl1">
+ <para remap="Para">Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul5zm" remap="Step:ID=brul5zm">
+ <para remap="Para">Type your full name and e-mail address in the appropriate fields.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul6x4" remap="Step:ID=brul6x4">
+ <para remap="Para">(Optional) Type your Reply To address and your organization in the appropriate fields.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul75e" remap="Step:ID=brul75e">
+ <para remap="Para">Select your default signature.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">or</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Click Add New Signature to add a signature.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul7u4" remap="Step:ID=brul7u4">
+ <para remap="Para">Select Novell GroupWise as the server type.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul803" remap="Step:ID=brul803">
+ <para remap="Para">Type your hostname and username in the appropriate fields.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul8hd" remap="Step:ID=brul8hd">
+ <para remap="Para">Select your security and authentication options.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvz9su" remap="Step:ID=brvz9su">
+ <para remap="Para">Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvz9uz" remap="Step:ID=brvz9uz">
+ <para remap="Para">Select how to check for new mail.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The Post Office Agent SOAP field displays the port number on which the Evolution client will communicate with the Post Office Agent (POA). This is the same port number that the POA uses for HTTP communication, which by default is 7181.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzaky" remap="Step:ID=brvzaky">
+ <para remap="Para">If your POA is configured to use a different port number, type the correct port number in the appropriate field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzb06" remap="Step:ID=brvzb06">
+ <para remap="Para">Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzb2p" remap="Step:ID=brvzb2p">
+ <para remap="Para">Click Forward again.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzhi2" remap="Step:ID=brvzhi2">
+ <para remap="Para">Type your Account Name in the Name field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzhs5" remap="Step:ID=brvzhs5">
+ <para remap="Para">Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzhvz" remap="Step:ID=brvzhvz">
+ <para remap="Para">Click Apply. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">The account screen appears, displaying your new Novell GroupWise account.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brw11e1" remap="Step:ID=brw11e1">
+ <para remap="Para">Click Close to return to Evolution.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-exchange" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=usage-exchange">
+ <title remap="Title">Connecting to Exchange Servers</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange allows Evolution clients to access accounts on Microsoft Exchange 2000 servers. It is available through Novell Red Carpet in its own channel. Like Evolution, it is free software and licensed under the GPL. </para>
+ <warning remap="Note-Warning">
+ <para remap="Para">Requirements</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution Connector works only with Exchange 2000 and later, and requires that Outlook Web Access be enabled. Each user will need a valid Microsoft Exchange server account, including license. </para>
+ </warning>
+
+ <section id="new-in-connector" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=new-in-connector:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">What’s New in Connector 2.0</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution Connector 2.0 is primarily a bug-fixing release. New features include password management and password expiration warnings. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Previous versions of Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange added support for the <emphasis remap="Option">Flag for Followup</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Out of Office</emphasis> feature, public folders, delegation, direct booking, and more. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="features" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=features:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Connector Features</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution Connector supports the following basic Microsoft Exchange features: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">General </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Remote Exchange Information Store</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Allows you to access mail, address book (including Global Address List folder), and calendars, and task folders on an Exchange 2000 server from Evolution.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Palm synchronization</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Supported for Contacts and Calendars on Exchange.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Password Management</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To change your password, go to the <emphasis remap="Option">Exchange</emphasis> tool and select <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Change Exchange Password</emphasis> . If your password has expired, Evolution will ask you to change your password when you start up.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Mail </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Viewing Mail in Exchange Folder</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Mail stored on the Exchange server is visible in the <emphasis remap="Option">Mail</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Exchange</emphasis> tools in Evolution. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Sending Email via Exchange Protocols</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You may use the Microsoft Exchange mail transport protocol to send email. Make sure that the address you have entered as your email address is exactly the one that the Exchange server has on file. This may be "yourname exchange-server ximian com" rather than "yourname ximian com "</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Calendar </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Meeting Request/Proposal</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Allows Evolution users to schedule meetings and view attendee availability for other users (Evolution or Outlook users) on Exchange.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Adding iCalendar Meeting Requests to Calendar</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you receive an iCalendar meeting request and add it to your calendar, it will be saved to your Exchange calendar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Contacts </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Address Completion</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Supported for your Exchange Contacts folder. Not yet supported for the Global Address List.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Adding VCards to Address Book</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you receive a VCard attachment and click <emphasis remap="Option">Save in Address Book</emphasis>, it will be saved to your Exchange address book.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">New Address Book entries can be created on Exchange from received email messages with a single click</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">There are, however, some features which are not available:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Work Offline (disconnected mode). </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">"Recall Message" function. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="install" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=install:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Installing the Connector</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To install the Evolution Connector, run Red Carpet by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">System</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Get Software</emphasis>. Subscribe to the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange channel, select the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange2000, and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Install</emphasis> button. You can also install the Connector by downloading the individual packages from ftp.ximian.com if you wish.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-configure" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=exchange-configure:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Adding your Exchange Account in Evolution</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you have installed the Connector, you need to set up access for your Exchange account on both the Exchange server and within Evolution.</para>
+
+ <section id="config-server" remap="Head:ID=config-server">
+ <title remap="Title">Exchange Server Settings</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Check with your system administrator to ensure that: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> You have a valid account on the Exchange server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">You are permitted to access the account with WebDAV. This is the default setting for the Exchange server, so unless your system administrator has specifically turned it off, no changes should be necessary.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">The Novell website knowledge base, at <ulink url="http://support.ximian.com"; remap="ULink:URL=http://support.ximian.com";>support.ximian.com</ulink>, has additional information about checking to make sure that your Exchange server will accept connections from Evolution.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-client" remap="Head:ID=config-client">
+ <title remap="Title">Standard Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you know that your server is ready for you to connect, you are ready to add your Exchange account to Evolution Connector.</para>
+
+ <section id="config-easy" remap="Head:ID=config-easy">
+ <title remap="Title">Simple Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution Connector 1.4 comes with a simple account creation tool for some installations. Other installations will require the standard account tool described in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-client:File=evo_06_exchange.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=exchange-configure:Element=Head" linkend="config-client">Standard Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</link> below.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have no accounts configured, the simple assistant will start when you start Evolution. It asks only for the name of your Outlook Web Access server, and your username and password. Evolution Connector will determine the remaining information on its own.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If the simple account tool does not run automatically, create an account as described below.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-exchange-new-account" remap="Head:ID=config-exchange-new-account">
+ <title remap="Title">Creating a New Exchange Account</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you would like to create a new account for your Exchange server, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Mail Settings</emphasis> from any mail view. Then click the <emphasis remap="Option">Add</emphasis> button in the accounts list. The account creation assistant will guide you through the process, which is also described in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mainwindow-starting:File=evo_01_getting_started.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-mainwindow-starting:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting">The First Time you Start Evolution</link>. If you’re not sure about any of the information you need, just ask your system administrator.</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Identity</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter your name and email address. If you wish, you may add your organization and the location of your signature file. Only your name and email address are required. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Receiving Mail</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">In this step, you’ll enter information about the way you check mail: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">First, select <emphasis remap="Option">Microsoft Exchange</emphasis> as your server type.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter the name of your Exchange email server, and the user name you would use to log in to a Windows workstation in your organization.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you wish, select the box labeled <emphasis remap="Option">Use secure connection (SSL)</emphasis>, to take advantage of a more secure connection method. This may allow you to connect to the server from outside your firewall.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the kind of authentication your network uses. You can click the <emphasis remap="Option">Check for Supported Types</emphasis> button to see which kinds will work.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you would like Evolution to remember your password, check the box labeled <emphasis remap="Option">Remember this password</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Receiving Mail, Step Two</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">There are a few additional options in this step: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Checking for New Mail: If you would like to check for new mail automatically, click the checkbox and enter an interval in minutes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the name of your global catalog server (directory server). This will allow you to use the Global Address List (GAL). Normally, Evolution will fetch a maximum of 500 responses to any query, but you may increase or decrease this number if you wish. A lower number decreases load on the server, and many servers will refuse to return more than 1000 results, no matter how many you ask for.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">The Global Catalog Server</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The Global Catalog server provides you with access to the Global Address List, free/busy information, and folder delegation features. These may not work properly if you do not have a Global Catalog server.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Exchange Server: There are two options here: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Exchange mailbox name: Enter your exchange mailbox name. The suggested value is probably correct. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases, the URL for Outlook Web Access is "http://server.company.com/exchange."; If your system has a URL that does not end in "/exchange," enter the custom path here. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Public Folder Server: Enter the name of your public folder server here. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server: Check this box to filter messages in this account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Sending Mail</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Microsoft Exchange</emphasis> as your email sending method. There is nothing else to do in this step.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Account Management</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter a name that you will use to remember this account. "Exchange Account" is a good suggestion. Note that you cannot have two accounts with the same name. If you’d like to make this your default account for sending email, check the <emphasis remap="Option">Make this my default account</emphasis> box.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">You’re done. Click <emphasis remap="Option">Finish</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>, then quit Evolution and start it again. Now you’re ready to get to work on the Exchange server.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-exchange-existing-account" remap="Head:ID=config-exchange-existing-account">
+ <title remap="Title">Changing an Existing Account to Work with Exchange</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have an existing email account, and want to convert it to use for Exchange, select the account you want to convert and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Edit</emphasis> button. You’ll want to change settings in the following tabs of the account dialog:</para>
+ <figure id="bs4aw7j" remap="Figure:ID=bs4aw7j">
+ <title remap="Title">Exchange Account Settings: Identity</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=exchange-identity.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/exchange-identity.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Identity</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If your email address will change because you are moving to a new server, then change it in this tab. Otherwise, move to the next tab. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Receiving Mail</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">Microsoft Exchange</emphasis> as your server type. Enter your name of your server next to <emphasis remap="Option">Host</emphasis>, and the user name for your account next to <emphasis remap="Option">Username</emphasis>. If your server supports SSL (Secure Socket Layer) encryption, it you can check the <emphasis remap="Option">Use SSL</emphasis> box to take advantage of more secure data transfers.</para>
+ <figure id="bs4aw7k" remap="Figure:ID=bs4aw7k">
+ <title remap="Title">Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=exchange-receive.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/exchange-receive.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Receiving Options</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Here, you’ll find some additional settings: </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Checking for New Mail</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Select whether you would like to check for mail automatically, and if so, how often. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Global Address List/Active Directory</para>
+ <para remap="Para"> The Global Address List (GAL) is an address book for everyone represented in your organization’s Exchange deployment. To use the GAL, click the tab labeled <emphasis remap="Option">Receiving Options</emphasis> and enter the name of your Global Catalog Server. The GAL is maintained by your system administrator and you cannot add, change, or remove items from it using Evolution. However, you can use it to invite people to meetings and to look up addresses and other information. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Exchange Server</para>
+ <para remap="Para"> If your Exchange server requires you to use a different mailbox name from the name you use to log in, select the second check-box and enter the mailbox name. Check with your system administrator to be sure. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"> In most cases, the URL for web access is "http://server.company.com/exchange."; If your system has a path that is not "exchange," check the box and enter the custom path here. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">If your network uses a different server for Public Folders than for personal folders, enter its name here.</para>
+ <figure id="bs4aw7l" remap="Figure:ID=bs4aw7l">
+ <title remap="Title">Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=exchange-receive-options.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/exchange-receive-options.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Sending Mail</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you will use your Exchange server to send as well as receive mail, select <emphasis remap="Option">Microsoft Exchange</emphasis> as your server type, and enter the server name as the <emphasis remap="Option">Host</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">Once you have made those changes, click the <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> button.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Then, quit Evolution and start it up again. Changes to the Evolution Connector accounts configuration are not active until you have restarted the application. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="access" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=access:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Accessing the Exchange Server</title>
+ <para remap="Para">When you have installed the Connector, an <emphasis remap="Option">Exchange</emphasis> button is available in the shortcut bar. The <emphasis remap="Option">Exchange</emphasis> tool is used only to access public folders and to perform certain Exchange actions like delegation and password management. Use the regular <emphasis remap="Option">Mail</emphasis> tool for mail, the <emphasis remap="Option">Contacts</emphasis> tool for contacts, and the <emphasis remap="Option">Calendar</emphasis> tool for your schedule.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Saving Attached Addresses and Appointments</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you are using both an Exchange account and a local mail account, you should be aware that whenever you save an email address or appointment from an email message, it will be saved in your Exchange contacts list or calendar, rather than in your local account. The same is true of synchronization with Palm-OS devices: tasks, appointments, and addresses from your Palm-OS device will be synchronized with those in the Exchange folders rather than local folders. </para>
+ </note>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">The Global Address List Appears Empty At First</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To avoid unnecessary strain on the server, the GAL will appear empty until you have searched for something in it. If you want to display all the cards in the list, click in the search box and press <emphasis remap="Option">Enter</emphasis>. This enters a blank search: since every card contains a blank in it, every card will appear.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-settings" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=exchange-settings:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Special Connector Only Settings</title>
+ <para remap="Para">There are two items in the Evolution preferences window that are available only with Evolution Connector. The first is delegation and permissions handling, and the second is the creation of "Out of Office" messages.</para>
+
+ <section id="exchange-delegate" remap="Head:ID=exchange-delegate">
+ <title remap="Title">Access Delegation</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You can allow other people in your organization’s Global Address List to access your calendar, address book, and messages, and they can let you manage theirs. Delegation allows people to do anything from check on each other’s schedules to completely manage their personal information.</para>
+
+ <section id="exchange-delegate-to-others" remap="Head:ID=exchange-delegate-to-others">
+ <title remap="Title">Delegating Access to Others</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To add someone to your list of delegates, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Add</emphasis> button and select them from the Global Address List. When delegating you can grant different levels of access to different types of data. You may also decide whether the access you grant applies to items marked <emphasis remap="Option">Private</emphasis>, or only to public items.</para>
+ <figure id="bs4aw7m" remap="Figure:ID=bs4aw7m">
+ <title remap="Title">Exchange Account Delegation</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=exchange-delegation.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/exchange-delegation.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para">For each of the four types of folder, you may select one of the following levels of access:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">None</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Do not allow this person to access any folders of this type.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Reviewer (read-only)</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Allow the person to see items in this type of folder, but not create new items or edit existing items.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Author (read, create)</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The delegate may view items in your folders, and may create new items, but may not change any existing items.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Editor (read, create, edit)</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The delegate may view, create, and change items in your folders.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-delegated-to-you" remap="Head:ID=exchange-delegated-to-you">
+ <title remap="Title">Acting as a Delegate for Others</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To see the list of people who have granted you access to their folders, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Acting as a Delegate</emphasis> tab in the Exchange Delegation settings window. If you plan to send email on behalf of someone, click the checkbox next to their name, and an email identity will be created. You can then select that identity in the <emphasis remap="Option">From</emphasis> list in your message composer.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To access the folders delegated to you, do the following: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Open Other User’s Folder</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Enter the email address of the user who has delegated to you or click the <emphasis remap="Option">User</emphasis> button to select them from your address book. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the folder you wish to open. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Folders delegated to you appear in your folder list inside a folder labeled with the name of their owner. For example, if Martha Thompson delegates folders to you, you will see a folder called <emphasis remap="Option">Martha Thompson’s Folders</emphasis> in the folder tree at the same level as your <emphasis remap="Option">Personal Folders</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Public Folders</emphasis>. </para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Error Messages</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If the folder fails to open properly, check with the folder owner that you have been granted the correct access permissions.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-out-of-office" remap="Head:ID=exchange-out-of-office">
+ <title remap="Title">Setting an Out of Office Message</title>
+ <para remap="Para">An <emphasis remap="Option">Out of Office</emphasis> message is an automatic reply that you can send to emails, explaining why you aren’t going to respond to their message. For example, if you go on vacation for a week and will be away from email, you can set an automatic reply so that people who write to you know that you aren’t ignoring them.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To create an <emphasis remap="Option">Out of Office</emphasis> message, select <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> and then click the <emphasis remap="Option">Out of Office</emphasis> button. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Then, click <emphasis remap="Option">I am currently out of the office.</emphasis>. Then, enter a short message in the text entry box. Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Your message will be sent automatically to anyone who sends you mail until you return and click <emphasis remap="Option">I am currently in the office</emphasis>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="full-advantage" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=full-advantage:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</title>
+ <para remap="Para">When you schedule a meeting with your calendar on the Exchange server, you can check when other local Exchange users are busy according to their Exchange calendars. To do so:</para>
+ <figure id="bs4aw7n" remap="Figure:ID=bs4aw7n">
+ <title remap="Title">Scheduling With Free/Busy Information</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=schedule.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/schedule.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Reminders In Exchange</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Reminders for appointments in your Exchange calendar will not work until you have run Evolution at least once after logging in. This is different from locally stored reminders, which will work from the moment you log in, regardless of whether you have run Evolution in the session. </para>
+ </note>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Open a new appointment in the calendar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Schedule Meeting</emphasis> in the meeting editor window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Add attendees, either by entering their email addresses into the list, or by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">Invite Others</emphasis> button. If you choose to so, it’s best to use the Global Address List (GAL). Choose the GAL from the drop-down list of address sources at the top of the dialog box. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose <emphasis remap="Option">Options</emphasis> and then <emphasis remap="Option">Update Free/Busy</emphasis> to check participant schedules and, if possible, update the meeting in all participants’ calendars. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Using Autopick to Adjust Meeting Times</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If meeting attendees are not available during the times you have scheduled a meeting, you can "nudge" the meeting forward or backward to the nearest available time. To do so, just click the arrows to the left or right of the <emphasis remap="Option">Autopick</emphasis> button. The Autopick tool will move the meeting to the nearest time during which all attendees are available. If you aren’t satisfied with those results, you can drag the edges of the meeting time to the hours that you want to select.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="config-prefs" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=config-prefs">
+ <title remap="Title">Advanced Configuration</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Perhaps your mail server has changed names. Perhaps you’ve grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments. Whatever the reason, you want to change your Evolution settings. This chapter will tell you how to do just that.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can reach the Evolution settings window by choosing <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis>, no matter where you are in Evolution. On the left half of the settings window is a column, similar to the Evolution shortcut bar, which lets you choose which portion of Evolution to customize. The right half of the window is where you’ll make your actual changes.</para>
+ <figure id="config-prefs-mail-fig" remap="Figure:ID=config-prefs-mail-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">Changing Mail Settings</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=config-mail.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/config-mail.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para">There are six items you can customize. From top to bottom, they are:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Mail Accounts</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Add or change information about your email accounts: the servers to which you connect, the way you download mail, your password authentication mode, and so forth. This is the most complex item in the list, and is covered in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail-identity:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail-identity:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity">Working with Mail Accounts</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Autocompletion</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Set the contact groups to be used when completing email addresses in the message composer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Mail Preferences</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">These are overall mail reading preferences: display settings, notification options, security, and so forth. Settings that vary per-account are in the Mail Accounts tool, described in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail-identity:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail-identity:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity">Working with Mail Accounts</link>, but most of the mail settings are here.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Composer Preferences</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Settings for the way that you use the mail composer: shortcuts, signatures, spelling, and so forth. One fun feature here is the ability to substitute graphical smiley-faces for "emoticons" such as :) that many people use in email. This tool is covered in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail-composer:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail-composer:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer">Composer Preferences</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Calendar and Tasks</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Here, you can set the way the calendar behaves, including your time zone and the length of your work-week.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Certificates</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Certificate handling for S/MIME security systems.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">Previous versions of Evolution included directory servers, folder settings, and Exchange delegation in the settings tool. Directory servers can now be set up as contacts groups in the <emphasis remap="Option">Contacts</emphasis> tool, you can change folder settings in the folder right-click menu, and Exchange delegation is available in the <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> menu of the <emphasis remap="Option">Exchange</emphasis> tool. </para>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail-identity" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=config-prefs-mail-identity:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Working with Mail Accounts</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution allows you to maintain multiple accounts, or identities. When you are writing an email message, you can which account to use by selecting from the drop-down list next to the <emphasis remap="Option">From</emphasis> entry in the message composer. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Clicking <emphasis remap="Option">Send/Receive</emphasis> will check all mail sources that are not disabled. If you don’t want to check mail for a given account, select it in the <emphasis remap="Option">Mail Accounts</emphasis> tab and click the <emphasis remap="Option">Disable</emphasis> button. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To add a new account, click <emphasis remap="Option">Add</emphasis> to open the mail configuration assistant. To alter an existing identity, select it in the Preferences window, and then click <emphasis remap="Option">Edit</emphasis> to open the account editor dialog.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The account editor dialog has six sections:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Identity</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Here, enter the name and email address for this account. You may also choose a default signature to insert into messages sent from this account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Receiving Mail</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the way you will be getting mail: you may download mail from a server (<link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=pop:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=pop:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="pop">POP</link>), read and keep it on the server (Microsoft Exchange, Novell GroupWise, or <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=imap:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=imap:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="imap">IMAP</link>), or read it from files that already exist on your desktop computer. Your server require you to use a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) connection. You may select <emphasis remap="Option">Always</emphasis>, <emphasis remap="Option">Whenever Possible</emphasis>, or <emphasis remap="Option">Never</emphasis> as your SSL choice. If one doesn’t work, try another.</para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Specifying Port Numbers</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Your system administrator may ask you to connect to a specific port on a mail server. To specify which port you use, just type a colon and the port number after the server name. For example, to connect to port 143 on the server smtp.omniport.com, you would enter as <emphasis remap="Option"> smtp.omniport.com:143 </emphasis> as the server name.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Receiving Options</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Here, decide whether you’d like to check for mail automatically and how often, as well as other message retrieval options.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you chose POP:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Checking for new mail:</emphasis> If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Leave messages on server:</emphasis> If you’d like to store copies of your mail on the server, check this option.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Disable support for all POP3 extensions:</emphasis> Some email servers refuse to work with the extended POP3 command set; select this item to have Evolution use a more limited set of interactions with the server. If your server periodically drops your connection, this option may help.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you chose Microsoft Exchange:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Checking for new mail</emphasis>: If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Global Catalog server name</emphasis>: enter the name of your Global Catalog server to create a folder for your organization’s Global Address List.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Limit number of Responses</emphasis>: Select a maximum number of results for an address search. Lowering the maximum number the load on your system and on your network. Most servers will not send more than 1000 results, regardless of the value you select here.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Mailbox Name</emphasis>: Enter your mailbox name.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">OWA Path</emphasis>: Enter the path used with Outlook Web Access on your server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Public Folder Server</emphasis>: Enter the name of your public folder server, if it differs from your Exchange server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Apply Filters to new messages in Inbox on this server</emphasis>: check this box if you wish to apply filters to this account.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you chose IMAP:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Checking for new mail</emphasis>: If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you want Evolution to check for new messages in <emphasis remap="Emphasis">all</emphasis> your IMAP folders, make sure the <emphasis remap="Option">Check for new messages in all folders</emphasis> box is selected.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Show only subscribed folders</emphasis>: Check this box if you have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to read.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Override server-supplied namespace</emphasis>: If you like, enter a specific directory where your server stores mail for you. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail." For more information about how to use IMAP mail, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=usage-mail-subscriptions:Element=Topic" linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this server</emphasis>: If you’d like your filters to work on this account, check this box.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If you chose GroupWise:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Checking for new mail</emphasis>: If you would like Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check the box and select a frequency in minutes. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you want Evolution to check for new messages in all your GroupWise folders, make sure the <emphasis remap="Option">Check for new messages in all folders</emphasis> box is selected.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this server</emphasis>: If you’d like your filters to work on this account, check this box.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Automatically synchronize remote mail locally</emphasis>: Download all mail immediately, instead of waiting until you try to open the message to check it. This setting will make Evolution slower at first, but faster after the download. Leaving it unchecked means that Evolution will take longer to display each additional message, but will not waste time trying to download every single message if you can tell from the subjects that you do not need to read them all.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Address Book and Calendar: Post Office Agent SOAP Port</emphasis>: If your post office agent uses a SOAP port other than the default, enter it here. The SOAP port is what allows Evolution to access the GroupWise address book and calendar. Your system administrator will know the port. If there are not many Linux users in your organization, you may also need to request that the SOAp service be enabled.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Sending Mail</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">In this section, you will choose and configure a method for sending mail. You may choose <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=smtp:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=smtp:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="smtp">SMTP</link>, Microsoft Exchange (if you have installed the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange) or <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=sendmail:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=sendmail:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="sendmail">sendmail</link>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you choose Exchange or Sendmail, you’re done with this tab. SMTP offers you a choice of hostname, connection security level, and authentication type, which you will recognize as similar to those for IMAP and POP servers in the <emphasis remap="Option">Receiving Mail</emphasis> tab.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Defaults</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Here, you can decide where this account will store the messages that it has sent, and the messages that you save as drafts. If you wish to revert to the "factory" settings, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Restore Defaults</emphasis> button.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you wish to send someone a copy of every message from this account, check the box labeled <emphasis remap="Option">Always carbon-copy (Cc) to:</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Always blind carbon-copy (Bcc) to:</emphasis>, and enter one or more addresses.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Security</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">In this section, you will set the security options for this account. If you use encryption, enter your PGp key id (see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=encryption:File=evo_02_email.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=encryption:Element=Topic" linkend="encryption">Encryption</link> for more information) and select among the four options below to determine key and signature handling.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=config-prefs-mail:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Mail Preferences</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Mail Preferences</emphasis> tool lets you choose how to display citations, how long to wait before marking a message as read, and other mail display settings. There are three categories of settings: General, HTML Mail, and Colors.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For information on individual email account settings, see <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-mail-identity:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-mail-identity:Element=Topic" linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity">Working with Mail Accounts</link>.</para>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail-general" remap="Head:ID=config-prefs-mail-general">
+ <title remap="Title">General Mail Settings</title>
+ <para remap="Para">In the <emphasis remap="Option">General</emphasis> tab, your options are:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Message Fonts</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Normally, Evolution will use the same fonts as other GNOME applications. To choose different fonts, uncheck the box <emphasis remap="Option">Use the same fonts as other applications</emphasis> and select one font for standard typefaces and a second for monospace, or terminal, display. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Message Display</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">These three settings handle the way messages appear to you.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Mark Messages as Read...</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para"> Normally, Evolution will mark a message as read as soon as it is displayed. If you prefer, you may set this to happen only after a delay, or disable it entirely and mark messages as read only when you choose to do so. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Default Character Encoding</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">This setting allows you to select character interpretation sets so that Evolution can display different alphabets. If you are not sure, pick Unicode (UTF-8), which will work for a large number of languages and character sets.</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Highlight Quotations</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">Choose a color to highlight quotations from other messages.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Deleting Mail</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Here, choose whether to delete messages automatically when quitting Evolution, and whether you wish to explicitly confirm the final deletion of messages. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">New Mail Notification</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution can alert you to the arrival of new mail with a beep or by playing a sound file. Choose your alert noise, or select none, as you wish. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-html" remap="Head:ID=mail-prefs-html">
+ <title remap="Title">HTML Mail Preferences</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The options in the <emphasis remap="Option">HTML Mail</emphasis> tab are:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Show animated images</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Turn animation on or off here. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Prompt when sending HTML messages to contacts that don’t want them</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Some people do not like HTML mail, and you can set Evolution to warn you. This warning will appear only when you send HTML mail to people in your contacts who are listed as disliking HTML. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Loading Image</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">You can embed a image in an email and have it load only when the message arrives. However, spammers can use image loading patterns to confirm "live" addresses and invade your privacy. You may elect never to load images automatically, to load images only if the sender is in your contacts, or always load images. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have chosen not to load images automatically, you can choose to see the images in one message at a time by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">View</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Message Display</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Load Images</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">The <emphasis remap="Option">Colors</emphasis> tab lets you select different color labels for individual messages. You can return to the default settings by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">Restore Defaults</emphasis> button.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-colors" remap="Head:ID=mail-prefs-colors">
+ <title remap="Title">Mail Color Preferences</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The Mail Color preferences tool lets you select color labels for different kinds of messages. Click a color to change the color, or change the label associated with that color. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-headers" remap="Head:ID=mail-prefs-headers">
+ <title remap="Title">Mail Header Preferences</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The headers on an incoming message are the information about the message that isn’t the content of the message itself: the sender, the time it was sent, and so forth. Check the boxes here to show or hide different amounts of information about the messages you read. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-junk" remap="Head:ID=mail-prefs-junk">
+ <title remap="Title">Junk Mail Preferences</title>
+ <para remap="Para">There are only two items here: <emphasis remap="Option">Check Incoming Mail for Junk</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Include Remote Tests.</emphasis> Checking for junk mail uses the SpamAssassin tool with trainable bayesian filters. It also includes online tests, like checking for blacklisted message senders and ISPs. Online tests can make filtering slower, but more accurate. Check the boxes here to choose your mail filtering method. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail-composer" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=config-prefs-mail-composer:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Composer Preferences</title>
+ <para remap="Para">There are three tabs of settings you can change for the message composer. The <emphasis remap="Option">General</emphasis> tab covers shortcuts and assorted behavior, and the other two control signatures and spell checking. In the <emphasis remap="Option">General</emphasis> tab, you can set:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Default Behavior</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose how you will normally forward and reply messages, what character set they will use, whether they will be in HTML, and whether that HTML can contain smiley face images.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Alerts</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">There are two optional alerts here:</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Prompt when sending messages with an empty subject line</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para"> The composer will warn you if you try to send a message without a subject. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Prompt when sending messages with only Bcc recipients defined</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para"> The composer will warn you if you try to send a message that has only <emphasis remap="Option">Bcc</emphasis> recipients. This is important because some mail servers will fail to honor blind carbon copy if you do not have at least one recipient that is visible to all readers. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">The signature editor allows you to create several different signatures in plain text or in HTML, and to specify which of them will be added to emails you create in the message composer. If you prefer to use an alternate signature or none at all, you can select it from the mail composer itself.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To choose a spell-checking language, select it here. Note that you must install the gnome-spell package, available through Red Carpet, for spell-checking to be available in Evolution. Alternate dictionaries are also available through Red Carpet and are detected automatically if you have installed them. To have the composer automatically check your spelling while you type, check the box labeled <emphasis remap="Option">Check spelling while I type.</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">You can check the spelling of messages by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Edit</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Spell Check Document</emphasis>. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-cal" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=config-prefs-cal:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Calendar and Tasks Settings</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The calendar configuration tool has two tabs <emphasis remap="Option">General</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="Option">Display</emphasis>, and is illustrated in <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-prefs-cal-fig:File=evo_08_configuration.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-prefs-cal:Element=Figure" linkend="config-prefs-cal-fig">Calendar Preferences Dialog</link>.</para>
+ <figure id="config-prefs-cal-fig" remap="Figure:ID=config-prefs-cal-fig">
+ <title remap="Title">Calendar Preferences Dialog</title>
+ <graphic format="PNG" remap="Graphic:Xoffset=0.000in:Impby=ref:Fileref=config-cal.eps:Align=acenter:Height=0.250in:Position=inline:Dpi=300:Width=0.250in:Yoffset=0.000in:Format=png" fileref="figures/config-cal.png" width="0.250in" depth="0.250in"/>
+ </figure>
+ <para remap="Para">The General tab lets you set the following:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Time zone</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">The city you’re located in, to judge your time zone. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Time format</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">You may choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four hour time formats here by clicking the appropriate radio button. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Week Starts</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the day you wish to be displayed as the first in each week.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Day Begins</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">For Evolution, a normal work day begins at 9 AM and ends at 5PM. You can select your preferred hours to make sure that all your events are displayed properly. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Day Ends</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Set the end of a normal workday. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Alerts</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you’d like to be warned before you delete any appointment, or to have a reminder automatically appear for each event, select the check boxes here. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">The Display tab lets you choose how your appointments and tasks will appear in your calendar.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The display properties you can set are:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Time divisions</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Show appointment end times in week and month views</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If there is space, Evolution will show the end times in the week and month views for each appointment. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Compress weekends in month view</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If checked, your weekends will be shown in one box, instead of one for each day in the month view. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Show week numbers in date navigator</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">This will show the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Tasks due today</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the color for tasks due today. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Overdue tasks</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Choose the color for overdue tasks. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"><emphasis remap="Option">Hide Completed Tasks</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Check this box to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you leave the box unchecked, completed tasks will remain in your task list, marked as complete. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-contact" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=config-prefs-contact:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Directory Servers</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Autocompletion is available in the main settings tool. The other major contact configuration task is creating new directory servers or remote contacts groups. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To add a new group of contacts, either local or remote, do the following:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Go to the contacts tool by clicking the <emphasis remap="Option">Contacts</emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Contacts Group</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select a name and location for the contact group. The name is for display only. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis>. If the contact group is stored locally, then you don’t have to provide any more information. Click <emphasis remap="Option">OK</emphasis> and you are done. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you are creating an <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=ldap:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=ldap:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> server, enter the server information as requested by the assistant:</para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Server name</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">Internet address of the contact server you’ll be using. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Login Method</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">Specify whether your login is anonymous, using an email address, or a "distinguished name." If the login is not anonymous, enter the email address or distinguished name (DN) required by the server. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Port</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The internet port Evolution connects to in order to access the LDAP database. This is normally 389. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Use SSL/TLS</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">SSL and TLS are security mechanisms. If you select <emphasis remap="Option">Always</emphasis>, Evolution will not connect unless secure connections are available. The default value is <emphasis remap="Option">Whenever Possible</emphasis>, which uses secure connections if they are available, but does not cause failure if they are not. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Search base</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=search-base:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=search-base:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="search-base">search base</link> is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your network administrator for information about the correct settings. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Search scope</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">The <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=search-scope:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=search-scope:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="search-scope">search scope</link> is the breadth of a given search. The following options are available: </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">One</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para"> Searches the Search Base and one entry below it. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Sub</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para"> Searches the Search Base and all entries below it. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Timeout (minutes)</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">This is the maximum time Evolution will attempt to download data from the server before giving up. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Download Limit</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">Set the maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches. </para>
+ <para remap="Para"><emphasis remap="Option">Display name</emphasis></para>
+ <para remap="Para">This is the name you will use to label this folder, and may be any name you choose. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Apply</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Editing a directory server account means changing that same information, although it is displayed in a slightly different order.</para>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-sync" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=usage-sync">
+ <title remap="Title">Synchronizing with Hand-Held Devices</title>
+ <para remap="Para">This chapter is very short. It describes how to synchronize the data on your Palm-OS device with the data you store in Evolution. If you need information on how to set up handheld synchronization, consult <link remap="XRefInt:IDREF=config-sync:File=evo_09_sync_settings.fm:Format=x:PIDREF=config-sync:Element=Chapter" linkend="config-sync">Synchronization Settings</link>.</para>
+
+ <section id="hotsync" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=hotsync:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Using HotSync</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Put your hand-held device in its cradle and press the HotSync button.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Palm OS v. 4.0 with Passwords</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you use Palm OS v. 4.0 and have password protection turned on foryour handheld device, you may encounter trouble synchronizing. Ifthis happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld,synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable passwordprotection on your handheld.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have followed the set up instructions properly, your Palm-OS device will synchronize data with Evolution.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">That’s it. </para>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="config-sync" remap="Chapter:RelLinks=DOC:TocLevels=4:ID=config-sync">
+ <title remap="Title">Synchronization Settings</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Synchronization presents you with two issues you’ll need to address. First, your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. At this time, Evolution only supports PalmOS devices like the Palm Pilot and the Handspring Visor. Secondly, you should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you want.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you haven’t used a handheld device with your computer before, you’ll need to run the GNOME Control Center by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">System</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis>, and make sure that Pilot Link is properly configured. You will need to make sure that you have read and write permissions on the device, which is normally /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check /dev/ttyS0 if you have a serial connection, or /dev/ttyUSB0 for a USB connection. You can do this by becoming root and running the command: <emphasis remap="Option">chmod 777 /dev/ttyUSB0</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Once your computer and your PalmOS device are talking happily to each other, select the <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=conduit:File=glossary.fm:PIDREF=conduit:Element=GlossEntry" linkend="conduit">conduits</link> you want under the <emphasis remap="Option">Pilot Conduits</emphasis> section of the Control Center. You may use conduits to synchronize data with several applications; the Evolution conduits are labeled <emphasis remap="Option">EAddress</emphasis>, for the contacts in your address book, <emphasis remap="Option">ECalendar</emphasis>, for your calendar, and <emphasis remap="Option">ETodo</emphasis>, for your task list.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To enable a conduit, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Enable</emphasis> to enable it, and click <emphasis remap="Option">Settings</emphasis> to change what it will do when activated. Your options may vary depending on the conduit, but typically they will be:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Disabled:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Do nothing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Synchronize:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and from the handheld to the computer. Remove items that were on both systems but have been deleted on one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Copy From Pilot:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If there is any new data on the the handheld device, copy it to the computer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Copy To Pilot:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Copy new data from the computer to the handheld. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Merge From Pilot:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Copy new data from the handheld to the computer, and remove any information from the computer that has been deleted on the handheld.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Merge To Pilot:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and remove any information from the handheld that has been deleted on the computer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para remap="Para">Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. If you’re not sure, go ahead and stick with <emphasis remap="Option">Synchronize</emphasis>. Then, put your handheld on its cradle and press the HotSync button.</para>
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">Data Loss Prevention</para>
+ <para remap="Para">It’s always a good idea to make a backup. To do that, make a copy of the <command remap="DiskName">evolution</command> directory inside your home directory.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <appendix id="outlook-migration" remap="Appendix:ID=outlook-migration">
+ <title remap="Title">Outlook to Evolution Migration</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you are using Microsoft Outlook, but not Microsoft Exchange, this section will help you switch to Evolution.</para>
+
+ <section id="outlook-migration-mail" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=outlook-migration-mail:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Migrating Local Outlook Mail Folders</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Exchange and IMAP mail is stored on the server, so you do not need to migrate it to your Linux partition. However, if you have stored mail on your computer, you may wish to make it accessible to Evolution.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">First, while using Windows, prepare your messages for import:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Clean up your mail: Delete messages and folders you do not need, and select <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Folders</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Properties</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Advanced</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Compact</emphasis> to erase old, deleted messages from your PSt file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If you nest your folders one inside another, you may wish to rename subfolders so that you can tell which folder they belong to. You will have to re-nest them after you load them into Evolution.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Import the files into Mozilla Mail (or another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the standard mbox format). Linux mailers cannot do this task, because it requires a library available only under Windows. In Mozilla, import by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Window</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Mail & Newsgroups</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis> .</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Mozilla will create a set of files in the directory<command remap="DiskName">Windows\Application_Data\Mozilla\Profiles\(UserName)\(Random Letters)\Mail\Local Folders\OutlookMail\</command>. The data files are those that have nofile extension.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you are using Windows XP or Windows 2000, your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, which some Linux systems will not read without additional software. You may find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a different drive or to burn a CD.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Now that you have your mail in a format Evolution can understand, reboot to Linux. Then:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Mount your Windows drive or the disk where you saved the mail files.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Start Evolution.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">F</emphasis> or select <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Folder</emphasis> to create the folders you want. This is where your previous organization pays off.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Now you are ready to import the data files:</para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">In Evolution, open the file import assistant by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Import</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click <emphasis remap="Option">Next</emphasis>, and select <emphasis remap="Option">Import a single file</emphasis>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Leave the file type as <emphasis remap="Option">automatic</emphasis> and click <emphasis remap="Option">Browse</emphasis> to select the data file. Remember, the data files are the files that have no file extension.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the folder where you want to put the imported data file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your mail.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="menuref" remap="Appendix:ID=menuref">
+ <title remap="Title">Quick Reference</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You might want to copy this section and tape it to the wall next to your computer: it’s a very short summary of most of the things you’ll want to do with Evolution.</para>
+
+ <section id="quickref-open" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=quickref-open:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Opening or Creating Anything</title>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">New Item:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">N</emphasis> to open a new item for whatever part of Evolution you’re working on. In mail, that means you’ll create a new message. If you’re looking at your address book, <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">N</emphasis> creates a new contact card, and in the calendar, a new appointment.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Create a new email message:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Use <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis><emphasis remap="Option">Mail Message</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Shift </emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">M</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Create a new Appointment:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Appointment</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">A</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Enter a new Contact:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> Double-click in any blank space in the contact manager to create a new address card. You can also use <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Contact</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">C</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Create a new Task:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Task</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">T</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickref-mail" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=quickref-mail:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Mail Tasks</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Here are the most frequent email tasks, and shortcuts for navigating your mailbox with the keyboard instead of the mouse:</para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Send and Receive Mail:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press <emphasis remap="Option">F9</emphasis>, click the <emphasis remap="Option">Send/Receive</emphasis> button in the toolbar, or choose <emphasis remap="Option">Actions</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Send/Receive</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Navigating the Message List with the Keyboard:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press <emphasis remap="Option">]</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">.</emphasis> to jump to the next unread message. <emphasis remap="Option">[</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">,</emphasis> goes to the previous unread message. Use the arrow keys to move up and down along the list of all messages.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Move the display up and down in the preview pane:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Press the space bar to go a page down. Press <emphasis remap="Option">Backspace</emphasis> to go a page up.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Reply to a Message:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">To reply to the sender of the message only: click <emphasis remap="Option">Reply</emphasis> in the toolbar, or press <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">R</emphasis> </para>
+ <para remap="Para">To reply to the sender and all the other visible recipients of the message, click <emphasis remap="Option">Reply to All</emphasis> or select the message and press <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">R</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Forward a Message:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Select the message or messages you want to forward, and click <emphasis remap="Option">Forward</emphasis> in the toolbar, or press <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">F</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Open a Message in a New Window:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Double-click the message you want to view, or select it and press <emphasis remap="Option">Return</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">O</emphasis> . </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Create Filters and Virtual Folders:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Right-click on a message and select <emphasis remap="Option">Create Rule From Message</emphasis>. You can also create filters and virtual folders in the <emphasis remap="Option">Tools</emphasis> menu. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Add Sender to Address Book:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Right-click on a message and select <emphasis remap="Option">Add Sender to Address Book</emphasis>. You can also right-click on any email address to add it to your address book. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickref-cal" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=quickref-cal:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Calendar</title>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Create a new Appointment:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Appointment</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">A</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Create a new Task:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para"> <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Task</emphasis> or <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">T</emphasis> </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName"></term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <tip remap="Note-Hint">
+ <para remap="Para">New Appointments Fast</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Click on any blank spot in the calendar and start typing to create a new appointment entry.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickref-contact" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=quickref-contact:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Address Book</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Here are shortcuts for the most frequent address book actions: </para>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Edit a Contact:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">You can edit a contact two ways: </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Click once on the person’s address card and you can edit the person’s properties all in the same window. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Double-click on the contact’s card and alter their details. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Deleting a Contact:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Right click on a contact and click <emphasis remap="Option">Delete</emphasis> or select a contact and press the <emphasis remap="Option">Delete</emphasis> on the toolbar. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Email a Contact:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Right click on a contact and select <emphasis remap="Option">Send message to contact</emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <variablelist remap="ListVariable">
+ <varlistentry remap="VarListEntry">
+ <term remap="VarName">Creating a New Contact:</term>
+ <listitem remap="VarItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Double-click in any blank space in the contact manager to create a new address card, or right-click anywhere in the address book and select <emphasis remap="Option">New Contact</emphasis>. You can also select use <emphasis remap="Option">File</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">New</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Contact</emphasis> or press <emphasis remap="Option">Ctrl</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">Shift</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">C</emphasis> . </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </section>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="bugs" remap="Appendix:ID=bugs">
+ <title remap="Title">Known bugs and limitations</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Ximian Evolution bug tracking is done at the <ulink url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com"; remap="ULink:URL=http://bugzilla.ximian.com";>Ximian bug tracking System</ulink>. You may use that, or the GNOME Bug Report Tool (known as <command remap="Command">bug-buddy</command> at the command line) if you find bugs or would like to request new features.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you need additional help with Ximian Evolution, please visit the Ximian support site at <ulink url="http://support.ximian.com"; remap="ULink:URL=http://support.ximian.com";>ximian.com/support</ulink>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">A complete list of feature requests and other issues with Evolution is available online in the Ximian bug tracking system. You can learn more about the Ximian Evolution development process at <ulink url="http://developer.ximian.com"; remap="ULink:URL=http://developer.ximian.com";>developer.ximian.com</ulink>. </para>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="authors" remap="Appendix:ID=authors">
+ <title remap="Title">Authors</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution was written by the Ximian Evolution team and numerous other dedicated GNOME programmers. You can see their names by selecting <emphasis remap="Option">Help</emphasis> <emphasis remap="Option">About</emphasis> from any Evolution window.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The Evolution code owes a great debt to the GNOME-pim and GNOME-Calendar applications, and to KHTMLW. The developers of Evolution acknowledge the efforts and contributions of all who worked on those projects.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Ximian would like to thank everyone who helped out with the bug tracking process, particularly Miles Lane, and also the staff of El Pelon Taqueria, on Peterborough St. in Boston, for sustenance.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For more information please visit the Evolution <ulink url="http://www.ximian.com/products/ximian_evolution"; remap="ULink:URL=http://www.ximian.com/products/ximian_evolution";>Web page</ulink>. Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com"; remap="ULink:URL=http://bugzilla.ximian.com";>Ximian bug tracking database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug reports can be found on-line at the same location. You can also use the GNOMe bug report tool, <command remap="Command">bug-buddy</command>, to submit your defect reports.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">This manual was written by Aaron Weber (aaron ximian com), Kevin Breit (mrproper ximian com) Duncan Mak (duncan ximian com) and Ettore Perazzoli (ettore ximian com) with the help of the application programmers and the GNOME Documentation Project. Special thanks to Baris Cicek for proofreading.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Please file comments and suggestions for this manual as bugs in the Ximian bug tracking system. If you contributed to this project but do not see your name here, please contact Aaron Weber (aaron ximian com) and he’ll list you.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Partial list of Documentation Translators (application translated to 36 additional languages): </para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Daniel Persson for Swedish (.se)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Hector Garcia Alvarez for Spanish (.es)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Kjartan Maraas for Norwegian (.no)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="apx-gpl" remap="Appendix:ID=apx-gpl">
+ <title remap="Title">GNU General Public License</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USa . </para>
+ <para remap="Para">This is version 2</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</para>
+
+ <section id="preamble" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=preamble:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Preamble</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation’s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">We protect your rights with two steps: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">copyright the software, and </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">Also, for each author’s protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors’ reputations.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone’s free use or not licensed at all.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="terms" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=terms:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION</title>
+
+ <section id="sect0" remap="Head:ID=sect0">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 0</title>
+ <para remap="Para">This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a “work based on the Program” means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term “modification”.) Each licensee is addressed as “you”. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect1" remap="Head:ID=sect1">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 1</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program’s source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect2" remap="Head:ID=sect2">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 2</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=sect1:File=app5.fm:PIDREF=terms:Element=Head" linkend="sect1">Section 1</link> above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. </para>
+ <note remap="Note">
+ <para remap="Para">Exception:</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect3" remap="Head:ID=sect3">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 3</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=sect2:File=app5.fm:PIDREF=terms:Element=Head" linkend="sect2">Section 2</link> in object code or executable form under the terms of <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=sect1:File=app5.fm:PIDREF=terms:Element=Head" linkend="sect1">Sections 1</link> and <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=sect2:File=app5.fm:PIDREF=terms:Element=Head" linkend="sect2">2</link> above provided that you also do one of the following: </para>
+ <orderedlist remap="ListNumber">
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections and above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="NumberItem">
+ <para remap="Para">Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect4" remap="Head:ID=sect4">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 4</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect5" remap="Head:ID=sect5">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 5</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect6" remap="Head:ID=sect6">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 6</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients’ exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect7" remap="Head:ID=sect7">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 7</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect8" remap="Head:ID=sect8">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 8</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect9" remap="Head:ID=sect9">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 9</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. </para>
+ <para remap="Para">Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect10" remap="Head:ID=sect10">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 10</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect11" remap="Head:ID=sect11">
+ <title remap="Title">NO WARRANTY</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Section 11</para>
+ <para remap="Para">BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sect12" remap="Head:ID=sect12">
+ <title remap="Title">Section 12</title>
+ <para remap="Para">IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="apx-fdl" remap="Appendix:ID=apx-fdl">
+ <title remap="Title">GNU Free Documentation License</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Version 1.1, March 2000</para>
+ <para remap="Para">2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</para>
+
+ <section id="fdl-preamble" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-preamble:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">0. PREAMBLE</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, o r other written document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section1" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section1:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
+ <para remap="Para">This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTd and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section2" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section2:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=fdl-section3:File=app6.fm:PIDREF=fdl-section3:Element=Topic" linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section3" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section3:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
+ <para remap="Para">If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section4" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section4:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=fdl-section2:File=app6.fm:PIDREF=fdl-section2:Element=Topic" linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=fdl-section3:File=app6.fm:PIDREF=fdl-section3:Element=Topic" linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para>
+ <itemizedlist remap="ListBullet">
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgi" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgi">
+ <title remap="Title">A</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgj" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgj">
+ <title remap="Title">B</title>
+ <para remap="Para">List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgk" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgk">
+ <title remap="Title">C</title>
+ <para remap="Para">State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgl" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgl">
+ <title remap="Title">D</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgm" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgm">
+ <title remap="Title">E</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgn" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgn">
+ <title remap="Title">F</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgo" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgo">
+ <title remap="Title">G</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document’s license notice.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgp" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgp">
+ <title remap="Title">H</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Include an unaltered copy of this License.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgq" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgq">
+ <title remap="Title">I</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Preserve the section entitled “History”, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgr" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgr">
+ <title remap="Title">J</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgs" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgs">
+ <title remap="Title">K</title>
+ <para remap="Para">In any section entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, preserve the section’s title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgt" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgt">
+ <title remap="Title">L</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgu" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgu">
+ <title remap="Title">M</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Delete any section entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem remap="BulletItem">
+ <formalpara id="bs4awgv" remap="ParaWithTitle:ID=bs4awgv">
+ <title remap="Title">N</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Do not retitle any existing section as “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para remap="Para">If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You may add a section entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties -- for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version .</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section5" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section5:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=fdl-section4:File=app6.fm:PIDREF=fdl-section4:Element=Topic" linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections entitled “Endorsements.”</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section6" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section6:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section7" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section7:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
+ <para remap="Para">A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an “aggregate”, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=fdl-section3:File=app6.fm:PIDREF=fdl-section3:Element=Topic" linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section8" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section8:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">8. TRANSLATION</title>
+ <para remap="Para">Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of <link remap="XRefIntText:IDREF=fdl-section4:File=app6.fm:PIDREF=fdl-section4:Element=Topic" linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section9" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section9:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">9. TERMINATION</title>
+ <para remap="Para">You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-section10" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-section10:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
+ <para remap="Para">The <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html"; remap="ULink:URL=http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html";>Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNu Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft"; remap="ULink:URL=http://www.gnu.org/copyleft";>http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fdl-using" remap="Topic:Type=General:ID=fdl-using:Topic=MainTopic">
+ <title remap="Title">Addendum</title>
+ <para remap="Para">To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LISt THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If you have no Invariant Sections, write “with no Invariant Sections” instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write “no Front-Cover Texts” instead of “Front-Cover Texts being LIST”; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.</para>
+ <para remap="Para">If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"; remap="ULink:URL=http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html";> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.</para>
+ </section>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <glossary id="apx-gloss" remap="Glossary:ID=apx-gloss">
+ <title remap="Title">Glossary</title>
+
+ <glossentry id="assistant" remap="GlossEntry:ID=assistant">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Assistant:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A tool which guides a user through a series of steps, usually to configure or set up a program. Equivalent to "Wizard" and "Druid."</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="attachment" remap="GlossEntry:ID=attachment">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Attachment:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Any file sent along with an email. Attachments may be embedded in a message or appended to it.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="automatic-indexing" remap="GlossEntry:ID=automatic-indexing">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Automatic Indexing:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Pre-fetching procedure that allows Evolution to refer to data quickly. It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for data displays.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="bcc" remap="GlossEntry:ID=bcc">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy):</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A way of addressing a message. Bcc is used to send a group of people an e-mail, while hiding their names and addresses from each other.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="cc" remap="GlossEntry:ID=cc">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Cc (Carbon Copy):</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Carbon-copies are used to send a 3rd party a copy of the e-mail, so they an keep up to date on a conversation, without being in the To: list.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="conduit" remap="GlossEntry:ID=conduit">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Conduit:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A small application which controls the transfer of data between a handheld device and a desktop computer.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="druid" remap="GlossEntry:ID=druid">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Druid:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">See "Assistant."</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="evolution" remap="GlossEntry:ID=evolution">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Evolution:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Evolution is the GNOMe groupware application.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="execute" remap="GlossEntry:ID=execute">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Execute:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">To run a program. Any file that can be run is called an executable. Evolution can download executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must be marked as executable with a shell or file manager. This security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="expunge" remap="GlossEntry:ID=expunge">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Expunge:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">When messages are marked for deletion, they remain till they are expunged. When a message is expunged, it is permanently deleted, as long as it was marked for deletion.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="filetree" remap="GlossEntry:ID=filetree">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">File Tree:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A way of describing a group of files on a computer. With the perversity typical of computer (and especially Unix and Linux) nomenclature, the top of the tree is called the root directory, and denoted by <command remap="DiskName">/</command>. The rest of the "branches" spread downward from the root. Don’t confuse the root directory with the root account, or root’s home directory, normally <command remap="DiskName">/root</command>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="filter" remap="GlossEntry:ID=filter">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Filter:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Within Evolution, a filter is a method of sorting mail automatically when it’s downloaded. You can create filters to perform one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide range of criteria.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="forward" remap="GlossEntry:ID=forward">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Forward:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">If you get a message intended for someone else, you can use message forwarding to send it on to the right person. </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="groupware" remap="GlossEntry:ID=groupware">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Groupware:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Groupware is a term describing an application which helps groups of people work together. Typically, a groupware application will have several productivity features built into one program, including: email, calendar, and address book tools.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="html" remap="GlossEntry:ID=html">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">HTML:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Hyper-text Markup Language (HTML) is a language for describing page layout in electronic documents like web pages, help files, and email messages. HTML can be used in email and news posts to insert images and apply text treatments.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="hot-key" remap="GlossEntry:ID=hot-key">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Hot Key:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Hot-keys are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a computer instead of using the mouse. Hot-keys can speed up computer usage.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="ical" remap="GlossEntry:ID=ical">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">iCal:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">iCal is the program which Evolution uses to manage the calendar section.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="imap" remap="GlossEntry:ID=imap">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">IMAP:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Depending upon whom you ask, IMAP stands for the Internet Mail Access Protocol, or the Interim Mail Access Protocol. It allows access to email which is typically (although not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local hard disk. Often contrasted with POP:. This will not be on the test.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="inline" remap="GlossEntry:ID=inline">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Inline:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than attached as a separate file. Contrast with <emphasis remap="Emphasis">Attachment:</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="ldap" remap="GlossEntry:ID=ldap">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">LDAP:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">LDAP, the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, allows a client to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers, and people stored on a server.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="mail-client" remap="GlossEntry:ID=mail-client">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Mail Client:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A mail client is the application with which a person reads and sends e-mail. Its counterparts are the various types of mail servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from sender to recipient.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="minicard" remap="GlossEntry:ID=minicard">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Minicard:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A format for the display of contact data. Similar in appearance to a small business card.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="nautilus" remap="GlossEntry:ID=nautilus">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Nautilus:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Nautilus is the file manager for GNOME.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="pop" remap="GlossEntry:ID=pop">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">POP:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">POP, the Post Office Protocol, is a mechanism for email transport. In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from a server and store it locally on your hard disk.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="protocol" remap="GlossEntry:ID=protocol">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Protocol:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for sending particular types of information between computer systems. Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for email, and HTTp (HypterText Transfer Protocol), for web pages.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="postscript" remap="GlossEntry:ID=postscript">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Postscript:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A standard document publishing format. Many printers read raw Postscript, making Postscript quite versatile.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="public-key-encryption" remap="GlossEntry:ID=public-key-encryption">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Public Key Encryption:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A strong encryption method that uses a set of two "keys," one of which is made public, and one of which is kept private. Data encrypted using the public key can only be decrypted using the private key. The longer the keys, the more difficult it is to break the encryption.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="regular-expression" remap="GlossEntry:ID=regular-expression">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Regular Expression:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A regular expression, or "regex", is a way of describing a string of text using metacharacters or wild-card symbols. For example, the statement <emphasis remap="Option">fly.*so[au]p</emphasis> means "any phrase beginning with ’fly’ and ending in ’soup’ or ’soap’". If you searched for that expression, you’d find both "fly in my soup" and "fly in my soap." There’s not room here to go into depth, but if you want, have a look at the documentation for the <command remap="Command">grep</command> command by opening a command line and typing in <command remap="Command">man grep</command>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="script" remap="GlossEntry:ID=script">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Script:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled) language. Often used as a synonym for "macro," to denote a series of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application. Often times, accomplish repetitive and tedious tasks, to save the user time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="search-base" remap="GlossEntry:ID=search-base">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Search Base:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">LDAP can break contact lists into many groups. The Search Base tells LDAP the top group to use. How much of the Search Base that is searched is set by the <emphasis remap="Emphasis">Search Scope</emphasis> option.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="search-scope" remap="GlossEntry:ID=search-scope">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Search Scope:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">Search Scope states how much of the <emphasis remap="Emphasis">Search Base</emphasis> to search.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="sendmail" remap="GlossEntry:ID=sendmail">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Sendmail:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">As its name implies, sendmail is a program which sends mail. Evolution can use it instead of <emphasis remap="Emphasis">SMTP:</emphasis>; some people prefer it because it offers more flexibility, but is more difficult to set up.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="shortcut-bar" remap="GlossEntry:ID=shortcut-bar">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Shortcut Bar:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A portion of Evolution which offers users fast access to the most frequently used portions of the application.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="signature" remap="GlossEntry:ID=signature">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Signature:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">In email terms, a signature is a piece of text placed at the end of every email sent, similar to a hand-written signature at the bottom of a written letter. A signature can be anything from a favorite quotation to a link to a web page; courtesy dictates that it be fewer than four lines long.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="smtp" remap="GlossEntry:ID=smtp">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">SMTP:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">This is the most common way of transporting mail messages from the client’s computer (you) to the server. SMTP stands for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="tooltip" remap="GlossEntry:ID=tooltip">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Tool-Tip:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A small box of explanatory text which appears when the mouse pointer is held motionless over a button or other interface element.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="virus" remap="GlossEntry:ID=virus">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">Virus:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A program which inserts itself into other files or programs and which, when executed, spreads to more programs and other computers. A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging networks or disk drives, deleting files, or opening security holes.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="vcard" remap="GlossEntry:ID=vcard">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">VCard:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you get an address card attached to an email, it’s probably in VCard format. Not to be confused with <emphasis remap="Emphasis">vFolder:</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="vfolder" remap="GlossEntry:ID=vfolder">
+ <glossterm remap="GlossTerm">vFolder:</glossterm>
+ <glossdef remap="GlossDef">
+ <para remap="Para">An email organization tool. vFolders allows you to create a folder that contains the results of a complex search. vFolder contents are are updated dynamically.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+ </glossary>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/legal.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/legal.xml
diff -N help/C/legal.xml
--- help/C/legal.xml 12 May 2004 17:46:47 -0000 1.6
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-
- <sect1 id="legal-info-note">
- <title>Legal Information and Licensing</title>
-
-<!-- normally this content belongs in the actual "legalnotice" tag,
- but for formatting reasons putting it in a sect1, inside the
- Preface, and adding a paragraph to the beginning of it -->
-
- <note id="evo-is-free-software">
- <title>Novell Evolution is Free Software</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution is licensed under the terms of the GNU General
- Public License (GPL), and its documentation is licensed
- separately
- under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). You can find a the
- complete text of the GPL in <xref linkend="apx-gpl" />, and of the
- GFDL in <xref linkend="apx-fdl"/>. The licenses are also available
- in the files COPYING and COPYING-DOCS distributed with this
- software. The Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange is
- also licensed under the GPL. Copyright for all three pieces of software and their documentation belongs to
- Novell, Inc.
- </para>
- </note>
- <para>
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
- License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
- by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
- no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find
- a copy of the GFDL in <xref linkend="apx-fdl"/> or in the
- file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
- </para>
- <para> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
- distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this
- manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
- adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
- section 6 of the license.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Novell is a registered trademark and Novell Evolution, the
- dancing monkey logo and the Ximian capsule logo are
- trademarks of Novell, Inc. Other names may be trademarks or
- registered trademarks of other companies or
- organizations. Where those names appear in any GNOME
- documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation
- Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names
- are in capital letters or initial capital letters.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
- UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
- WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
- IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
- THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
- A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
- RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
- OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
- MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
- YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
- CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
- SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
- OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
- LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
- VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
- EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
- THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
- CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
- INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
- DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
- OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
- PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
- CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
- INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
- OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
- MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
- LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
- EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
- THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect1>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/menuref.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/menuref.xml
diff -N help/C/menuref.xml
--- help/C/menuref.xml 12 May 2004 17:46:47 -0000 1.10
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Appendix PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<appendix id="menuref">
- <title>Quick Reference</title>
- <para>
- You might want to copy this section and tape it to the wall
- next to your computer: it's a very short summary of most of
- the things you'll want to do with
- Novell Evolution.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect1 id="quickref-open">
- <title>Opening or Creating Anything</title>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>New Item:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> to open a new item
- for whatever part of Novell
- Evolution you're working on. In mail,
- that means you'll create a new message. If you're
- looking at your address book, <keycombo
- action="simul"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> creates a new contact
- card, and in the calendar, a new appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-<!--
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new folder:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift </keycap>
- <keycap>E</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
--->
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new email message:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Use
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail
- Message</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift </keycap>
- <keycap>M</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Appointment:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>A</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Enter a new Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click in any blank space in the contact
- manager to create a new address card. You can also
- use
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>C</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Task:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>T</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="quickref-mail">
- <title>Mail Tasks</title>
- <para>
- Here are the most frequent email tasks, and shortcuts for
- navigating your mailbox with the keyboard instead of the
- mouse:
- <variablelist>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Send and Receive Mail:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <keycap>F9</keycap>, click the
- <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar, or choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Send/Receive</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Navigating the Message List with the Keyboard:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <keycap>]</keycap> or <keycap>.</keycap> to jump to the next unread
- message. <keycap>[</keycap> or <keycap>,</keycap> goes to the previous
- unread message. Use the arrow keys to move up
- and down along the list of all messages.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Move the display up and down in the preview pane:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press the space bar to go a page down. Press
- <keycap>Backspace</keycap> to go a page up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Reply to a Message:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To reply to the sender of the message only:
- click <guilabel>Reply</guilabel> in the
- toolbar, or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>R</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- <para>
- To reply to the sender and all the other visible
- recipients of the message, click <guilabel>Reply to
- All</guilabel> or select the message and press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>R</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Forward a Message:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the message or messages you want to forward,
- and click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> in the
- toolbar, or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Open a Message in a New Window:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click the message you want to view, or select
- it and press <keycap>Return</keycap> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>O</keycap>
- </keycombo>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create Filters and Virtual Folders:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right-click on a message and select
- <guimenuitem>Create Rule From
- Message</guimenuitem>. You can also create filters and
- virtual folders in the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Add Sender to Address Book:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right-click on a message and select <guimenuitem>Add
- Sender to Address Book</guimenuitem>. You can also
- right-click on any email address to add it to your
- address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
-
-
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="quickref-cal">
- <title>Calendar</title>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Appointment:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>A</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Task:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>T</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <tip id="new-appt">
- <title>New Appointments Fast</title>
- <para>
- Click on any blank spot in the calendar and start
- typing to create a new appointment entry.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="quickref-contact">
- <title>Address Book</title>
- <para>
- Here are shortcuts for the most frequent address book actions:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Edit a Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You can edit a contact two ways:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click once on the person's address card and you can
- edit the person's properties all in the same window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click on the contact's card and alter their details.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Deleting a Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on a contact and click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>
- or select a contact and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>
- on the toolbar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Email a Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on a contact and select
- <guilabel>Send message to contact</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Creating a New Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click in any blank space in the contact
- manager to create a new address card, or right-click anywhere
- in the address book and select <guilabel>New
- Contact</guilabel>. You can also select
- use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>C</keycap>
- </keycombo>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-</appendix>
-
Index: help/C/preface.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/preface.xml
diff -N help/C/preface.xml
--- help/C/preface.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.9
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-
-<!-- The actual preface tag is in the evolution.xml file -->
- <sect1 id="organization">
- <title>Organization</title>
- <para>
- The first part of this book is a <link linkend="usage">guided
- tour</link>, which will explain how to use Evolution. If you
- are new to Evolution or to groupware in general, this section is
- for you. The second section, covering <link
- linkend="config">configuration</link>, is targeted at more
- advanced users, but anyone who wants to change the way Evolution
- looks or acts can benefit from reading it.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="other-help">
- <title>Additional Help Sources</title>
- <para>
- You can find additional help in three places. For information
- about command-line options, open a terminal window and type
- <command>evolution --help</command>. For support,
- late-breaking news, and errata, visit the Novell support center at
- <ulink url="http://support.novell.com";>support.novell.com</ulink>.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="whats-new-in-one-two">
- <title>New in Evolution &appversion;</title>
- <para>
- Even if you're already familiar with earlier versions,
- Evolution &appversion; has a lot of new features to offer.
- You can find a complete list of bugs fixed and features added
- in the Evolution release notes at the <ulink
- url="http://gnome.org/projects/evolution/";>Evolution Developer
- Website</ulink>. Some of the features include:
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Junk Mail (Spam) Filtering</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution &appversion; includes trainable
- Bayesian junk mail filters. When you get mail you
- don't want, click the <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> button
- in the toolbar. Check your <guilabel>Junk
- Mail</guilabel> folder periodically to see if it's
- filtered out anything you want to keep, and mark it as
- <guilabel>Not Junk.</guilabel> As you correct the
- filter, it will become more effective.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>GroupWise Connectivity with no Additional Software</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Now you can access GroupWise servers as well as IMAP
- and POP mail servers, with no additional installation
- required. Connection to Microsoft Exchange 2000 and
- 2003 servers is possible with the Evolution Connector,
- now available at no charge and under the GPL license.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>User Interface Updates</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The shortcut bar has been replaced with small buttons
- at the bottom of the folder bar. The folder bar now
- only displays data for the current function, instead
- of putting all data together in one tree.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Security: S/MIME and Signatures</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Security with encryption and cryptographic signatures
- has never been easier or stronger.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Hiding the "Evolution" Directory</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The <command>~/evolution/</command>
- directory has been moved to
- <command>~/.evolution</command>, keeping it
- out of sight in most cases.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="preface-for-experts">
- <title>Tips for Experienced Linux Users</title>
- <para>
- This section has a few tips for experienced users of Linux or
- UNIX systems:
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Backups and File Locations</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To create a backup of your Evolution data, copy the
- <command>~/.evolution/</command> directory to
- your backup disk. To access data you
- have backed up, use the <guilabel>Import</guilabel> tool to
- restore individual files as needed.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Default Browsers</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To set the browser used for links from email addresses,
- open the GNOME preferences tool
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Personal
- Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- or <command>gnome-control-center</command>) and click
- <guilabel>File Associations</guilabel>. On some systems,
- this may be called <guilabel>MIME Types</guilabel> or
- <guilabel>Default Applications</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <para>
- In the <guilabel>File Associations</guilabel> tool, go to the
- <guilabel>Internet Services</guilabel> section and click
- <guilabel>World wide web (http)</guilabel>, then select
- the browser of your choice. If you wish to use a
- browser other than the ones suggested, you will need to
- enter a complete shell command, rather than just the
- browser name: <userinput>mybrowser
- `%s`</userinput> rather than
- <guilabel>My Browser</guilabel>.
- Some systems may require you to set the browser used for
- https:// links seperately.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Making Evolution Your Default Mail Client</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- For GNOME desktops, you can set
- Evolution to be the default
- mail client, so that it opens when you click a mailto:
- link in web pages and help tools. To do that, open the
- GNOME preferences tool and start the <guilabel>File
- Associations</guilabel> tool. There, look under
- <guilabel>Internet Services</guilabel>, select
- <guilabel>Electronic mail transmission
- (mailto)</guilabel>, and select
- <guilabel>Evolution</guilabel> from the drop-down
- list.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you are using KDE, you can also set Evolution as the
- default through the KDE control center. Go to the
- <guilabel>KDE Components</guilabel> section and select
- <guilabel>Component Chooser</guilabel>, then
- <guilabel>Email Client</guilabel>. Click the
- <guilabel>Use a different email client</guilabel> option
- and enter <userinput>evolution `%s`</userinput>.
- </para>
- <para>
- For applications such as Mozilla and Netscape, which do
- not use the GNOME preference tools, you will need to
- find the protocol handler preference tool for that
- application and enter <userinput>evolution
- `%s`</userinput> as your choice for handling mailto links.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </sect1>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/topic.dat
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/topic.dat
diff -N help/C/topic.dat
--- help/C/topic.dat 7 Jan 2004 23:49:45 -0000 1.8
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-index.html Table of Contents
-introduction.html Introduction
-usage-mainwindow.html Getting Started
-usage-mail.html Getting and Sending Email
-usage-contact.html Using the Contact Manager
-usage-calendar.html Managing Your Schedule
-usage-exchange.html Connecting to Exchange Servers
-config-prefs.html Configuring Evolution
-menuref.html Quick Reference
-apx-gloss.html Glossary
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/usage-calendar.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-calendar.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-calendar.xml
--- help/C/usage-calendar.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.13
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="usage-calendar">
- <title>Evolution Calendar</title>
-
- <para>
- This chapter will show you how to use the Evolution
- Calendar to manage your schedule alone or in conjunction with
- peers. To learn about importing calendar data, see <xref
- linkend="importing-mail" />, which covers the Import tool.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id ="usage-calendar-view">
- <title>Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title>
- <para>
- In Evolution, you can keep multiple calendars and overlay them
- one over the next. For example, you might have a schedule of
- events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports
- team. The shortcut bar lists those calendars, and you can check
- or uncheck the boxes next to them to show and hide the
- appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing
- different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid
- conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view at
- any one time.
- </para>
- <para>
- Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The toolbar offers you four different buttons that can show you
- different views of your calendar:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Day
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Work Week
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Week
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Month
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small
- calendar at the upper right. To do this, click and drag on the
- days that you wish to view in your calendar.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Prev</guilabel> and <guilabel>Next</guilabel>
- buttons will move you forward and back in your calendar pages.
- If you're looking at only one day, you'll see tomorrow's page,
- or yesterday's. If you're looking at your calendar by week or
- month, you'll move around by just that much.
- To come back to today's listing, click the
- <guilabel>Today</guilabel> button in the toolbar.
- </para>
- <para>
- To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click
- <guilabel>Go To</guilabel> and select the date in the dialog
- box that appears.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="usage-calendar-apts">
- <title>Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-basic">
- <title>Creating Appointments</title>
- <para>
- To create a new appointment, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- click the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button on the left end
- of the toolbar, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Your appointment must have a starting and ending date (by
- default, today) but you can choose whether to give it
- starting and ending times or to mark it as an <guilabel>All
- day event</guilabel>. An <guilabel>All day event</guilabel>
- appears at the top of a day's appointment list, in the grey header under the date, rather than inside
- it. That makes it easy to have appointments that overlap and fit
- inside each other. For example, a conference might be an all
- day appointment, and the meetings at the conference would be timed
- appointments. Of course, appointments with specific starting and ending
- times can also overlap. When they do they're displayed as
- multiple columns in the day view of the calendar.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have more than one calendar, be sure to select the
- calendar in which you want to save the appointment.
- </para>
- <para>
- Evolution supports the use of
- time zones. If you share calendar files with friends or
- co-workers, it is quite possible you will need to configure
- your tim ezone. To configure your time zone:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, and
- click the <guilabel>Calendar And Tasks</guilabel> icon
- in the settings dialog.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Globe</guilabel> button in the
- <guilabel>Time</guilabel> section, located in the
- <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Each red dot represents a major city. Click a dot and click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> to select your time zone.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can also configure time zone information specific to the
- Start and End time in each appointment. To do that, simply
- create a new appointment and click on a globe to customize the
- time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in
- New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with
- someone in California, you need to make sure that you're not
- calling each other a few hours off. Setting time-zones on a
- per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>Multiple Simultaneous Appointments</title>
- <para>
- If you create calendar appointments that overlap,
- Evolution will display them side
- by side in your calendar. However,
- Evolution cannot help you do
- multiple things at once.
- </para>
- </note>
- <para>
- You can have several
- <guilabel>Reminders</guilabel>, any time prior to the appointment
- you've scheduled. You can have one reminder of each of the following types:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Display:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A window will pop up on your screen to remind you of
- your appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Audio:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose this to have your computer deliver a sound
- alarm.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Program:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this if you would like to run a program as a
- reminder. You can enter its name in the text field,
- or find it with the <guilabel>Browse</guilabel>
- button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
-
- <note id="reminders-when-not-running-evo">
- <title>Reminders Without Evolution</title>
- <para>
- If you have stored reminders in a local calendar, they
- will work from the moment you log in. However, for reminders
- stored on an Exchange server, you must run Evolution at
- least once after logging in. No matter where the reminders
- are stored, you can quit Evolution and still be reminded of
- an upcoming appointment.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>
- If you are using a a calendar on a GroupWise or
- Exchange server, select a <guilabel>Classification</guilabel>
- for the appointment, to determine who can view it.
- <guilabel>Public</guilabel> is the default category, and a
- public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar
- sharing network. <guilabel>Private</guilabel> denotes one
- level of security, and <guilabel>Confidential</guilabel> an even
- higher level. The different levels vary depending on your
- server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust
- your delegation settings.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you are using a GroupWise or Exchange server, other people
- on the server can check your schedule to see if you are
- available at any given time. If you have an appointment that
- is flexible or that you wish to designate as "Free" rather
- than "Busy" time, check the <guilabel>Free</guilabel> box in
- the<guilabel>Show Time As</guilabel> section. Normally,
- appointments display as "Busy."
- </para>
- <para>
- You can categorize appointments in the same way you can
- categorize contacts. Click the <guilabel>Categories</guilabel>
- button opens up a checklist. Check the box next to each category
- that matches the appointment you are creating.
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Adding a New Appointment Category</title>
- <para>
- You can add a new category to your category list by clicking on
- <guilabel>Edit Master Category List</guilabel> and single-clicking
- on <guilabel> Click here to add a category</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>
- Once you've selected your categories, click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> to
- assign these categories to the appointment. The categories you selected are now
- listed in the text box to the right of the <guilabel>Categories...</guilabel>
- button.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Appointments with categories will appear
- with icons in the calendar display, and you can also search
- for appointments by category. To display only the appointments
- in a particular category, select <guilabel>Category
- Is</guilabel> in the search bar at the top of the calendar, and
- select a category.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Recurrence</guilabel> tab lets you describe
- repetition in appointments ranging from once every day up to once
- every 100 years. You can then choose a time and date when the
- appointment will stop recurring, and, under
- <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>, pick individual days when the
- appointment will <emphasis>not</emphasis> recur. Make your
- selections from left to right, and you'll form a sentence:
- "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2008"
- or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences."
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Once you're done with all those settings, click on the disk
- icon in the toolbar to save and close the appointment editor window.
- If you want, you can alter an appointment
- summary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You
- can change other settings by right-clicking on the appointment then
- choosing <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>, or double-clicking
- the appointment.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="old-meetings">
- <title>Deleting Old Events</title>
- <para>
- Keeping a huge list of everything you did in the past will
- eventually slow down your calendar. To delete old events, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Purge
- </guimenuitem></menuchoice> and enter the number of days of past
- events you wish to keep.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-rsvp">
- <title>Sending a Meeting Invitation</title>
- <para>
- Evolution can be used to schedule group meetings and help you
- manage responses to meeting requests.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you create a meeting or group appointment, you can
- specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair"
- or "required." When you save the appointment listing, each
- attendee will be sent an email with the appointment
- information and gives them the option to respond.
- </para>
-
- <note id="meeting-announce">
- <title>Simple Announcements</title>
- <para>
- If you don't need to collect attendance information when
- you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce
- it, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Forward
- as iCalendar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. That will open a
- new email message with the event notification attached as
- an announcement. Recipients will be able to add the event
- to their calendars with one click, but won't automatically
- send you email about whether they'll attend.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>
- To schedule a meeting:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Schedule
- Meeting</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The
- <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Meeting</guilabel> tabs open.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you have multiple Evolution email accounts, choose the
- one you'll use by selecting an item in the
- <guilabel>Organizer</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the space labeled <guilabel>Click here to add an
- attendee</guilabel> to enter the names and email
- addresses of people you will invite, or click the
- <guilabel>Invite Others</guilabel> to select them from
- your contacts.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Save the Appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- An email is now sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="replying-to-rsvp">
- <title>Replying to a Meeting Request</title>
- <para>
- Meeting requests are sent as iCal attachments. To view or
- respond to one, click on the attachment icon and view it
- inline in the mail window. All the details are shown about
- the event including time and dates. Then you can choose how
- to reply to the invitation. Your choices are:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Accept</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Tentatively Accept</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Decline</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> and an email will be sent to
- the organizer with your answer. The event will also be added
- to your calendar if you accept.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Note, however, that if you add a meeting to your calendar,
- there are some limitations: only the organizer of a meeting
- can add participants in a meeting. Your only options, as a
- participant, are to accept the meeting, or decline it.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make
- changes to your copy, but be aware
- that if the original organizer sends out another update, your
- changes may be overwritten.
- </para>
- <note id="organizer-only-one">
- <title>There Can Be Only One</title>
- <para>
- A meeting can have only one organizer. You can designate
- yourself the organizer of the meeting, but unless you
- coordinate that action with the organizer you are replacing,
- you could create confusion in the scheduling process. If you
- want to invite additional people to a meeting without
- changing the organizer, it's best to forward the first
- organizer's message to the additional participants.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="receiving-rsvp-response">
- <title>Getting Responses to Meeting Requests</title>
- <para>
- Once you get a reply to your meeting invitation, you'll need
- to view it inline in the email. Click the attachment and
- select <guimenuitem>View Inline</guimenuitem>. At the bottom, you
- can click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> to update your attendee
- list.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ###################
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-group">
- <title>Appointments for Groups</title>
- <para>
- You can use Evolution to mark a
- meeting request on another person's calendar. To do it, click
- <guilabel>New</guilabel> in the calendar toolbar, or select
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring
- up the <interface>new appointment</interface> window. Then
- describe the appointment as you would any other. When you are
- ready to send the invitation <guilabel>OK</guilabel>
- Evolution will automatically send
- email to each person on the request list, notifying of the
- time and date of the meeting you have requested with them. In
- addition, it will mark the appointment on your calendar and on
- theirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, appointment.
- </para>
- <para>
- To mark a tentative appointment as confirmed, click once on the
- appointment in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select
- it, and then choose <guimenuitem>Appointment
- Properties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
- menu. In the <interface>Appointment Properties</interface> dialog
- window, click the "tentative" button to De-select the
- appointment.
- </para>
- <para>
- When your meeting attendees get the email inviting them to the
- meeting, they'll be able to enter the information into their
- calendars and let you know if they'll be able to attend; if
- they use Novell Evolution or
- another iCal compliant mail client, they can do this with just
- one click. When you get a response from them, it will include
- an iCal attachment. Opening and accepting this attachment will
- change the meeting data in your calendar to indicate that they
- have responded to your invitation, and whether they will be in
- attendance.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-privs">
- <title>Scheduling privileges</title>
- <para>
- There are several levels of scheduling privileges. You
- can set whether people can see your calendar, whether they
- can request meetings or appointments, and whether they can
- create appointments. This section may have to be deleted,
- because I don't know if we are going to support privileges
- at all.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ -->
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-freebusy">
- <title>Scheduling Meetings and The Free/Busy View</title>
- <para>
- In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can
- use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available
- in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of
- dedicated groupware servers such as Exchange and Groupwise.
- However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online,
- and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere.
- If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data,
- you can still use iCal event invitations to coordinate
- schedules with other
- people.
- </para>
- <para>
- To access the free/busy view:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open or create an appointment in the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <figure>
- <title>Appointment Scheduling Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Appointment Scheduling Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule" srccredit="Kevin Breit"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Attendee List</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Attendee List</guilabel> lists off the people who
- have been invited to the respective appointment. It also
- shows their RSVP status.
- </para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Schedule Grid</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Schedule Grid</guilabel> shows the published
- Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is
- where you compare people's schedules to find free time to
- schedule the appointment. Individuals will only have visible
- scheduling information if they use the same GroupWise or
- Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same
- organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information
- at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their
- contact card using the contact editor.
- </para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Meeting Scheduler</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Meeting Scheduler</guilabel> allows you to
- schedule the meeting in the <guilabel>Free/Busy</guilabel> window.
- </para>
- <sect3 id="usage-calendar-freebusy-scheduling">
- <title>Scheduling an Appointment</title>
- <para>
- To schedule an appointment, you'll first need people's
- free/busy information. If you're using the Evolution Connector
- for Microsoft Exchange, all of the information is already
- available to you in the Global Address List. Otherwise, each
- person will have to email you their schedule files and you
- will have to incorporate them into your calendar.
- </para>
- <para>
- Regardless of how you get the information, Novell Evolution
- will display it in the <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> tab.
- The pending appointment time will appear in white with bold
- black borders. Each attendee's free and busy times appear
- color-coded next to their names in the attendee list.
- </para>
- <para>
- Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting
- borders or by using the <guilabel>Autopick</guilabel>
- buttons to choose a time automatically, then click
- <guilabel>Save and Close</guilabel>. Attendees on an
- Exchange server will have the appointment updated
- automatically; others will receive email notification of any
- change in plans.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Read <xref linkend="full-advantage"/> to learn about how to
- use this feature with the Evolution Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange.
- </para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="publishing-freebusy">
- <title>Publishing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
- <para>
- You can publish Free/Busy information to a WebDAV or other
- web server with HTTP PUT support. Check with your system
- administrator if you are not sure.
- </para>
- <para>
- To set up Free/Busy publishing, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>, then click the <guilabel>Calendar and
- Tasks</guilabel> tool. In the <guilabel>Free/Busy
- Publishing</guilabel> tab, click <guilabel>Add</guilabel> and
- enter the URL for your upload server. Select the frequency
- with which you wish to upload data, the calendars for which
- you wish to display data, your username and
- password, and then click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <para>
- To have Free/Busy data published immediately, go to the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> tool and select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Publish Free/Busy</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="accessing-freebusy-offserver">
- <title>Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
- <para>
- If someone gives you a URL for Free/Busy data or their web
- calendar, you can enter it as part of their contact
- information in the <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> tool. Then,
- when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution will look up
- their schedule and display it in the meeting planner.
- </para>
-
- </sect3>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-calendar-multiple">
- <title>Multiple Calendars and Web Calendars</title>
-
- <para>
- To create a new calendar, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>. If the calendar is one you plan to store locally,
- you need only provide a name and color. If it is a remote
- calendar, enter the name, color, URL, and a refresh
- frequency. The refresh frequency determines how often Evolution
- will check to see if the calendar has changed. If you are
- working with someone who publishes an online calendar, you may
- want to check for updates every thirty minutes. On the other
- hand, if you have displayed a sports team schedule in your
- calendar, you may not need to refresh it more than once a week,
- if at all.
- </para>
- <para>
- The website <ulink
- url="http://icalshare.com";>icalshare.com</ulink> has an extensive list
- of shared online calendars, including national and religious
- holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-calendar-todo">
- <title>The Task Pad</title>
- <para>
- The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the
- calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your
- calendar appointments. You can use the list
- in a larger window by choosing the <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel>
- button in the shortcut bar or in the folder tree.
- </para>
- <para>
- To record a new task, click the <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
- button in the toolbar. Evolution
- will pop up a small window with five items in it:
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Summary:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The description you enter here will appear in the To Do
- list itself.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Due Date:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Decide when this item is
- due. You can either type in a date and time, or select one from
- the <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> and <guilabel>time</guilabel> drop-down menus.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The date you intend to start working.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Description:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you wish, you can keep a more detailed description of
- the item here. For example, you can note that a task is
- in progress, and display how close it is to completion.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Classification:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Sets who will see it if your calendar is shared.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- There are more options in the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab such as priority and progress settings.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you've added a task to your to-do list, its summary
- appears in the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> section of task
- list. To view or edit a detailed description of an item,
- double-click on it, or right click on it and select <guilabel>Open</guilabel>. You can delete items by selecting
- them and clicking on the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- <para>
- The list of tasks is sorted in a similar way to the list of
- email messages in Novell Evolution
- Mail. Click once on the message headers to change
- the direction and type of sorting, or right-click to add or
- remove columns from the display.
- </para>
- <sect2 id="task-folders">
- <title>Task Groups</title>
- <para>
- As with calendars, you can create multiple task groups. Task
- groups are more easily organized in the dedicated
- <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel> tool. Each task group is assigned a
- color, and in the <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel> tool shortcut bar
- you can hide and show task groups just like calendars. In the
- calendar display task pad, tasks from all visible task groups
- will appear, color coded by group. To create a new task
- group, select <menuchoice><guimenu>New</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Task Group</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You will
- be prompted for a name, color, and location for the task
- group. If the task group is online, you will need to provide
- the URL for it.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
-</chapter>
Index: help/C/usage-contact.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-contact.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-contact.xml
--- help/C/usage-contact.xml 22 Jul 2004 16:18:49 -0000 1.10
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,494 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="usage-contact">
- <title>Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</title>
- <para>
- This chapter will show you how to use the
- Evolution contacts tool to organize
- any amount of contact information, share addresses over a
- network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks. To
- learn about configuring the contacts tool, see <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-contact"/>. You can import contacts from
- other contact management tools with the Import tool by
- selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- or by mailing them to yourself as vCard attachments.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Double-click on a card to display all its details.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-contact-cards">
- <title>The Contact Editor</title>
-
- <para>
- If you want to add or change cards, you'll use the contact
- editor. To change a card that already exists, double click on
- it to open the contact editor window. If you want to create a new
- card, clicking the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar will open the same window, with blank entry boxes for
- you to fill in.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The contact editor window has three tabs,
- <guilabel>Contact</guilabel>, for basic contact information,
- <guilabel>Personal Information</guilabel>, for a more specific description of
- the person, including URLs for their calendar and free/busy information,
- and <guilabel>Mailing Address</guilabel>.
- In the
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu you will find <guimenuitem>Forward
- Contact</guimenuitem>, which opens a new message with the card
- already attached, and <guimenuitem>Send Message to
- Contact</guimenuitem>, which will open a new message to the
- contact's email address.
- </para>
- <para>
- From the contact editor toolbar, you can <guilabel>Save and
- Close</guilabel>, <guilabel>Print</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Close</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> the contact.
- </para>
-
-
- <figure id="usage-contact-editor-fig">
- <title>Evolution Contact Editor</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Evolution Contact Editor</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata
- fileref="figures/contact-editor" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron
- Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
-
- <tip>
- <title>Contact Shortcuts</title>
- <para>
- You can add cards from within an email message or calendar
- appointment. While looking at an email, right-click on
- any email address or message, and choose
- <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem> or
- <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Sender</guimenuitem>
- from the menu.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
-
-
- <para>
- Most of the items in the contact editor simply display the
- information you enter, but some of them have additional
- features:
- </para>
-
-
-
- <para>
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Full Name</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the name of your contact here. You can enter a
- name into the <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field, but
- you can also click the <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel>
- button to bring up a small dialog box with a few text
- boxes for first and last names, titles like "Mr." or "Her
- Excellency," and suffixes like "Jr."
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field also
- interacts with the <guilabel>File Under</guilabel>
- box to help you organize your contacts and to handle
- multi-word surnames.
- </para>
- <para>
- To see how it works, type a name in the
- <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field. As an example,
- we'll use <userinput>Miguel de Icaza</userinput>. You'll notice that the
- <guilabel>File Under</guilabel> field also fills in,
- but in reverse: <computeroutput>Icaza, Miguel de
- </computeroutput>. If you had entered <userinput>John Q.
- Doe</userinput>, the contacts editor would have
- correctly guessed that the entry should be filed under
- "Doe, John Q." However, Miguel's surname, "de Icaza,"
- has two words, and so to get proper sorting you must enter
- <userinput>de Icaza, Miguel</userinput> in the
- <guilabel>File As</guilabel> entry.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Where</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select one of your address books as the location for
- this contact. You may not be able to write to all
- available address books, especially those on a network.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Categories</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> button to
- select categories for this card. If you assign contact
- categories, you can then search for contacts using those
- categories. For more information on contact categories,
- read <xref linkend="usage-contact-organize"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Free/Busy and Calendar URLs</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Personal Information</guilabel> tab
- to enter web addresses for the contact. If the contact
- publishes Free/Busy or calendar data online, using a
- server other than Exchange or GroupWise, you can enter the
- address for those servers here. Once you do so, you will
- be able to check their schedule when creating appointments
- in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="contact-search">
- <title>Searching for Contacts</title>
-
- <para>
- To search through contacts:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select your search type in the search bar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter your query.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press return to search.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- For a more complex search, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Search</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and select criteria that describe your desired contact:
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Name the rule in the <guilabel>Rule Name</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Setup your criteria in the <guilabel>If</guilabel> section.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you want to add more criteria, click the <guilabel>Add
- Criterion</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Search</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>
- To show all your contacts, Click <guilabel>Clear</guilabel> in the
- search bar, press
- <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>
- or search with an empty query.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-contact-organize">
- <title>Organizing your Contacts</title>
- <para>
- Just as you can search mail, you can search contacts. You can
- also create several individual address books, or contact groups.
- Within a given contact group, you can have several
- categories of contacts.
- </para>
-
-<!-- UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURE
- <para>
- Another useful Evolution feature is
- its ability to recognize when people live or work together. If
- several people in your address book share an address, and you
- change the address for one of them,
- Evolution will ask you if you wish to
- change the address for all of them, or just for one.
- </para>
--->
-
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group">
- <title>Contacts Groups</title>
- <para>
- The simplest way to organize contacts is to create
- additional groups of contacts. You can create a new one by
- selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>New</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Contacts Group</guimenuitem></menuchoice> For
- contacts groups on your computer, you only need to provide a
- name. For contacts on the network, you will need to provide
- more information about the contacts server you are trying to
- access.
- </para>
- <para>
- To move a card from one group to another, just drag it there
- from the main display of contacts. Note that you will not be
- able to change the contents of most network contact groups.
- </para>
-
- <tip id="lists-vs-groups">
- <title>Contact Lists and Contact Groups</title>
- <para>
- Contacts groups are not the same as contact lists. A
- contact group is like a folder or address book full of contacts. A
- contact list is a single contact which contains other
- contacts, and is most often used to email several people at once.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group-list">
- <title>Creating a List of Contacts</title>
- <para>
- A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname
- that you create. When you send email to the nickname, it is sent to
- every member of the list. This differs from a network
- mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a
- convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address
- managed by a mailing list application on a server.
- </para>
- <para>
- For example, you could create one card for each family
- member, then add
- those cards to a contact list called "Family." Then,
- instead of entering each person's email address
- individually, you could send email to "Family" and the
- message would go to all of them.
- </para>
- <para>
- To create a list of contacts:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the list creation dialog box by clicking the
- <guilabel>New List</guilabel> button or selecting
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- File
- </guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>
- New
- </guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>
- Contact List
- </guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter a name for the list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter names or email addresses of contacts, or just
- drag contacts from the main window into the list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose whether you would like to hide the email
- addresses when you send a message to the list.
- Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended
- that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the
- same thing as using the "Bcc:" feature discussed in
- <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- When you are done, click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. The
- list will appear as a contact card, which you can use as
- you would any other. That includes emailing the list to
- another person, and, of course, sending email to the list.
- </para>
- <para>
- To mail the list, open a new email and type the name you
- chose for the list. Novell Evolution will address the
- message to the entire list when you send it. You can also
- right-click on the list's address card in the contacts tool
- and select <guimenuitem>Send Message to List</guimenuitem>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Evolution cannot store contact lists on Microsoft Exchange
- servers.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group-category">
- <title>Grouping with Categories</title>
- <para>
- The other way to group cards is to mark them as belonging
- to different categories. That means that you
- can mark a card as being in several categories or no
- category at all. For example, you put a friend's
- card in the "Business" category, because he works with you,
- the "Friends" category, because he's a friend, and
- the "Frequent" category, because you call him often, but can
- never remember the number.
- </para>
- <para>
- To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the
- <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> button at the lower
- right. From the dialog box that appears, you can check as
- many or as few categories as you like.
- </para>
-
- <para>
-
- If the master list of categories doesn't suit you, you can
- add your own. Just enter the new category's name in the
- text box, then click <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> and
- choose <guilabel>Edit Master Category List</guilabel> in the
- window that appears.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-contact-sharing">
- <title>LDAP: Shared Contact Groups on a Network</title>
-
- <para>
- The <link linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> protocol was
- created to let users share contact information over a network by
- sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company
- to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies
- keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for
- client contacts.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To learn how to add a remote directory to your available
- contact folders, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact"/>.
- Remote groups of contacts appear under the <guilabel>On LDAP
- Servers</guilabel> item in the shortcut bar. They work
- exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following
- exceptions:
- <itemizedlist>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Network folders are only available when you are
- connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a
- modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache some of the
- network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping
- your desired contacts into the local contacts list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To prevent excess network traffic,
- Evolution will not normally
- load data from the LDAP server immediately upon
- opening. You must click <guilabel>Display
- All</guilabel> before contacts will be loaded
- from the network. You can change this behavior in the
- <interface>Contact Preferences</interface> window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Depending on your server settings, you may not be able to edit
- all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some
- servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller
- set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system
- administrator if you need different settings.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-sharing-setup">
- <title>Configuring Evolution to use LDAP</title>
- <para>
- For information about setting up
- Evolution to use LDAP, please refer
- to <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact" />
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="contact-automation-basic">
- <title>Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title>
- <para>
- As noted before, when you get information about a person in
- the mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address
- card. To do so, right click on any email address or email
- message, and select <guimenuitem>Add Sender to Contacts</guimenuitem> from the menu that appears.
- Evolution can also add cards from a
- hand-held device during HotSync operation. For more
- information about that, see <xref linkend="usage-sync"/>.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
-<!-- Unimplemented features:
- <para>
- You can also use the contacts tool to print postal addresses
- on mailing labels. Future versions of
- Evolution will allow you to you
- export a group of cards to a spreadsheet, database, or word
- processor so you can print address labels or prepare large
- mailings.
- </para> -->
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-
Index: help/C/usage-exchange.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-exchange.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-exchange.xml
--- help/C/usage-exchange.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.14
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,951 +0,0 @@
- <chapter id="usage-exchange">
- <title>Connecting to Exchange Servers</title>
- <para>The Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange allows Novell
- Evolution clients to access accounts on Microsoft Exchange 2000
- servers. It is available through Novell Red Carpet in its own
- channel. Like Novell Evolution, it is free software and licensed under the
- GPL.
- </para>
-
- <warning id="licensing">
- <title>Requirements</title>
- <para>
- Evolution Connector works only with Exchange 2000 and later, and requires
- that Outlook Web Access be enabled. Each user will need a
- valid Microsoft Exchange server account, including license.
- </para>
- </warning>
-
- <sect1 id="new-in-connector">
-<title>What's New in Connector &appversion;</title>
- <para>
- Evolution Connector &appversion; is primarily a bug-fixing
- release. New features include password management and password
- expiration warnings.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Previous versions of Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange added
- support for the <guilabel>Flag for Followup</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> feature,
- public folders, delegation, direct booking, and more.
- </para>
-
-</sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="features">
- <title>Connector Features</title>
- <para>
- Evolution
- Connector supports the following basic
- <application>Microsoft Exchange</application> features:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- General
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Remote Exchange Information Store</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Allows you to access mail, address book (including
- Global Address List folder), and calendars, and task
- folders on an Exchange 2000 server from Evolution.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Palm synchronization</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Supported for Contacts and Calendars on Exchange.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Password Management</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To change your password, go to the
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tool and select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Change Exchange
- Password</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If your
- password has expired, Evolution will ask you to
- change your password when you start up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Mail
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Viewing Mail in Exchange Folder</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Mail stored on the Exchange server is visible in
- the <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> and <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tools
- in Evolution. </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Sending Email via Exchange Protocols</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You may use the Microsoft Exchange mail transport
- protocol to send email. Make sure that the address
- you have entered as your email address is exactly
- the one that the Exchange server has on file. This
- may be "yourname exchange-server ximian com" rather
- than "yourname ximian com "
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Calendar
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Meeting Request/Proposal</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Allows Evolution users to
- schedule meetings and view attendee availability for
- other users (Evolution or
- Outlook users) on
- Exchange.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Adding iCalendar Meeting Requests to Calendar</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you receive an iCalendar meeting request and add it
- to your calendar, it will be saved to your
- Exchange calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Contacts
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Address Completion</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Supported for your Exchange
- Contacts folder. Not yet supported for the Global
- Address List.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Adding VCards to Address Book</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you receive a VCard attachment and click
- <guilabel>Save in Address Book</guilabel>, it will
- be saved to your Exchange address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>New Address Book entries can be created on
- Exchange from received email
- messages with a single click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-There are, however, some features which are not available:
-<itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Work Offline (disconnected mode).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- "Recall Message" function.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="install">
- <title>Installing the Connector</title>
- <para>
- To install the Evolution Connector, run Red Carpet by
- selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get
- Software</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Subscribe to the Evolution
- Connector for Microsoft Exchange channel, select the Evolution
- Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange2000, and click the
- <guilabel>Install</guilabel> button. You can also install
- the Connector by downloading the individual packages from
- ftp.ximian.com if you wish.
- </para>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="exchange-configure">
- <title>Adding your Exchange Account in Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- Once you have installed the Connector, you need to set up access
- for your Exchange account on both the
- Exchange server and within Evolution.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="config-server">
- <title>Exchange Server Settings</title>
- <para>
- Check with your system administrator to ensure that:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You have a valid account on the Exchange server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para> You are permitted to access the account with
- WebDAV. This is the default setting for the
- Exchange server, so unless
- your system administrator has specifically turned it
- off, no changes should be necessary.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The Novell website knowledge base, at <ulink type="http"
- url="http://support.ximian.com";>support.ximian.com</ulink>,
- has additional information about checking to make sure that
- your Exchange server will accept
- connections from Novell Evolution.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="config-client">
- <title>Standard Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
- <para>
- Once you know that your server is ready for you to connect,
- you are ready to add your Exchange account to Evolution Connector.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect3 id="config-easy">
- <title>Simple Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
- <para>
- Evolution Connector 1.4 comes with a simple account creation tool
- for some installations. Other installations will require
- the standard account tool described in <xref
- linkend="config-client" /> below.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have no accounts configured,
- the simple assistant will start when you start Novell
- Evolution. It asks only for the name of your Outlook
- Web Access server, and your username and password. Evolution
- Connector will determine the remaining information on its own.
- </para>
- <para>
- If the simple account tool does not run automatically, create
- an account as described below.
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
-
- <sect3 id="config-exchange-new-account">
- <title>Creating a New Exchange Account</title>
-
-
- <para>
- If you would like to create a new account for your Exchange
- server, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Mail Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- from any mail view. Then click the <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
- button in the accounts list. The account creation assistant
- will guide you through the process, which is also described in
- <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting"/>. If you're not
- sure about any of the information you need, just ask your
- system administrator.
- </para>
-
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Identity</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter your name and email address. If you wish,
- you may add your organization and the location of your
- signature file. Only your name and email address are
- required.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In this step, you'll enter information about the way
- you check mail:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- First, select <guilabel>Microsoft
- Exchange</guilabel> as your server type.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the name of your Exchange email server, and
- the user name you would use to log in to a
- Windows workstation in your organization.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you wish, select the box labeled
- <guilabel>Use secure connection
- (SSL)</guilabel>, to take advantage of a more
- secure connection method. This may allow you to
- connect to the server from outside your
- firewall.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the kind of authentication your network
- uses. You can click the <guilabel>Check for Supported
- Types</guilabel> button to see which kinds will work.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you would like Evolution to
- remember your password, check the box labeled
- <guilabel>Remember this password</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Mail, Step Two</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>There are a few additional options in this step:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Checking for New Mail: If you would like to
- check for new mail automatically, click the
- checkbox and enter an interval in minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the
- name of your global catalog server (directory
- server). This will allow you to use the Global
- Address List (GAL). Normally,
- Evolution will fetch
- a maximum of 500 responses to any query, but you
- may increase or decrease this number if you
- wish. A lower number decreases load on the
- server, and many servers will refuse to return
- more than 1000 results, no matter how many you
- ask for.
-
- <note id="why-you-need-gal">
- <title>The Global Catalog Server</title>
- <para>
- The Global Catalog server provides you with
- access to the Global Address List,
- free/busy information, and folder delegation
- features. These may not work properly if you do
- not have a Global Catalog server.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Exchange Server: There are two options here:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Exchange mailbox name: Enter your exchange
- mailbox name. The suggested value is
- probably correct.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases,
- the URL for Outlook Web Access is
- "http://server.company.com/exchange."; If your
- system has a URL that does not end in
- "/exchange," enter the custom path here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Public Folder Server: Enter the name of
- your public folder server here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this
- server: Check this box to filter messages in
- this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Sending Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select <guilabel>Microsoft Exchange</guilabel> as
- your email sending method. There is nothing else to do
- in this step.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Account Management</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter a name that you will use to remember this
- account. "Exchange Account" is a good suggestion. Note
- that you cannot have two accounts with the same name.
- If you'd like to make this your default account for
- sending email, check the <guilabel>Make this my default
- account</guilabel> box.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>
- You're done. Click <guilabel>Finish</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, then quit
- Evolution and start it again. Now
- you're ready to get to work on the Exchange server.
- </para>
-
-
-
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="config-exchange-existing-account">
- <title>Changing an Existing Account to Work with Exchange</title>
- <para>
- If you have an existing email account, and want to convert it
- to use for Exchange, select the account you want to convert
- and click the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> button. You'll want
- to change settings in the following tabs of the account
- dialog:
- </para>
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Settings: Identity</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step One: Identity</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-identity" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Identity</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If your email address will change because you are moving
- to a new server, then change it in this tab. Otherwise,
- move to the next tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <guilabel>Microsoft Exchange</guilabel> as your
- server type. Enter your name of your server next to
- <guilabel>Host</guilabel>, and the user name for your
- account next to <guilabel>Username</guilabel>. If your
- server supports SSL (Secure Socket Layer) encryption, it
- you can check the <guilabel>Use SSL</guilabel> box to
- take advantage of more secure data transfers.
-
-
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step Two: Receiving Mail</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- </para>
-
-
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Options</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, you'll find some additional settings:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Checking for New Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select whether you would like to check for
- mail automatically, and if so, how often.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Global Address List/Active Directory</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The Global Address List (GAL) is an
- address book for everyone represented in
- your organization's Exchange deployment. To
- use the GAL, click the tab labeled
- <guilabel>Receiving Options</guilabel> and
- enter the name of your Global Catalog
- Server. The GAL is maintained by your
- system administrator and you cannot add,
- change, or remove items from it using
- Novell Evolution. However, you can use it
- to invite people to meetings and to look up
- addresses and other information.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Exchange Server</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If your Exchange server requires you to use a
- different mailbox name from the name you use to
- log in, select the second check-box and enter
- the mailbox name. Check with your system
- administrator to be sure.
- </para>
- <para>
- In most cases, the URL for web access is
- "http://server.company.com/exchange."; If your
- system has a path that is not "exchange," check
- the box and enter the custom path here.
- </para>
- <para>
- If your network uses a different server
- for Public Folders than for personal
- folders, enter its name here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step Three: Mail Options</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive-options" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Sending Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you will use your Exchange server to send as well as
- receive mail, select <guilabel>Microsoft
- Exchange</guilabel> as your server type, and enter the
- server name as the <guilabel>Host</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>
-
- Once you have made those changes, click the
- <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- <para>
- Then, quit Evolution and start it
- up again. Changes to the Evolution Connector accounts
- configuration are not active until you have restarted the
- application.
- </para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="access">
- <title>Accessing the Exchange Server</title>
-
- <para>
- When you have installed the Connector, an
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> button is available in the shortcut
- bar. The <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tool is used only to
- access public folders and to perform certain Exchange actions
- like delegation and password management. Use the regular
- <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> tool for mail, the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> tool for contacts, and the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> tool for your schedule.
- </para>
-
- <note id="save-to-local-or-exchange">
- <title>Saving Attached Addresses and Appointments</title>
- <para>
- If you are using both an Exchange account and a local mail
- account, you should be aware that whenever you save an email
- address or appointment from an email message, it will be
- saved in your Exchange contacts list or calendar, rather
- than in your local account. The same is true of
- synchronization with Palm-OS devices: tasks, appointments,
- and addresses from your Palm-OS device will be synchronized
- with those in the Exchange folders rather than local
- folders.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <tip id="gal-empty">
- <title>The Global Address List Appears Empty At First</title>
- <para>
- To avoid unnecessary strain on the server, the GAL will
- appear empty until you have searched for something in it.
- If you want to display all the cards in the list, click in
- the search box and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. This
- enters a blank search: since every card contains a blank in
- it, every card will appear.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="exchange-settings">
- <title>Special Connector Only Settings</title>
- <para>
- There are two items in the Evolution preferences window that
- are available only with Evolution Connector. The first is
- delegation and permissions handling, and the second is the
- creation of "Out of Office" messages.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="exchange-delegate">
- <title>Access Delegation</title>
- <para>
- You can allow other people in your organization's Global
- Address List to access your calendar, address
- book, and messages, and they can let you manage theirs.
- Delegation allows people to do anything from check on each
- other's schedules to completely manage their personal
- information.
- </para>
-
- <sect3 id="exchange-delegate-to-others">
- <title>Delegating Access to Others</title>
- <para>
- To add someone to your list of delegates, click the
- <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and select them from the
- Global Address List. When delegating you can grant different
- levels of access to different types of data. You may also
- decide whether the access you grant applies to items marked
- <guilabel>Private</guilabel>, or only to public items.
- </para>
-
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Delegation</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Exchange Account Delegation Settings</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-delegation" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
-
- <para>
- For each of the four types of folder, you may select one of
- the following levels of access:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>None</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Do not allow this person to access any folders of
- this type.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Reviewer (read-only)</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Allow the person to see items in this type of
- folder, but not create new items or edit existing
- items.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Author (read, create)</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The delegate may view items in your folders, and may
- create new items, but may not change any existing items.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Editor (read, create, edit)</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The delegate may view, create, and change items in
- your folders.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="exchange-delegated-to-you">
- <title>Acting as a Delegate for Others</title>
- <para>
- To see the list of people who have granted you access to
- their folders, click the <guilabel>Acting as a
- Delegate</guilabel> tab in the Exchange Delegation settings
- window. If you plan to send email on behalf of someone,
- click the checkbox next to their name, and an email identity
- will be created. You can then select that identity in the
- <guilabel>From</guilabel> list in your message composer.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To access the folders delegated to you, do the following:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Open Other User's Folder</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the email address of the user who
- has delegated to you or click the
- <guilabel>User</guilabel> button to select them from your
- address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the folder you wish to open.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Folders delegated to you appear in your folder list inside a
- folder labeled with the name of their owner. For example, if
- Martha Thompson delegates folders to you, you will see a
- folder called <guilabel>Martha Thompson's Folders</guilabel>
- in the folder tree at the same level as your <guilabel>Personal
- Folders</guilabel> and <guilabel>Public
- Folders</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
- <note id="error">
- <title>Error Messages</title>
- <para>
- If the folder fails to open properly, check with the
- folder owner that you have been granted the correct access
- permissions.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="exchange-out-of-office">
- <title>Setting an Out of Office Message</title>
- <para>
- An <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> message is
- an automatic reply that you can send to emails, explaining why
- you aren't going to respond to their message. For example, if
- you go on vacation for a week and will be away from email, you
- can set an automatic reply so that people who write to you know
- that you aren't ignoring them.
- </para>
- <para>
- To create an <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> message,
- select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and then click the <guilabel>Out of
- Office</guilabel> button.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Then, click <guilabel>I am currently
- out of the office.</guilabel>. Then, enter a short message in
- the text entry box. Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Your message will be sent automatically to
- anyone who sends you mail until you return and click
- <guilabel>I am currently in the office</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="full-advantage">
- <title>Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</title>
- <para>
- When you schedule a meeting with your calendar on the
- Exchange server, you can check when
- other local Exchange users are busy according to their
- Exchange calendars. To do so:
- </para>
- <figure>
- <title>Scheduling With Free/Busy Information</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Using the Free/Busy Feature</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note id="reminders-in-exchange">
- <title>Reminders In Exchange</title>
- <para>
- Reminders for appointments in your Exchange calendar will
- not work until you have run Evolution at least once after
- logging in. This is different from locally stored reminders,
- which will work from the moment you log in, regardless of
- whether you have run Evolution in the session.
- </para>
- </note>
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open a new appointment in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para> Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> in the meeting editor window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para> Add attendees, either by entering their email
- addresses into the list, or by clicking the
- <guilabel>Invite Others</guilabel> button. If you choose
- to so, it's best to use the Global Address List (GAL).
- Choose the GAL from the drop-down list of address sources
- at the top of the dialog box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose <guilabel>Options</guilabel> and then
- <guilabel>Update Free/Busy</guilabel> to check participant
- schedules and, if possible, update the meeting in all
- participants' calendars.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <tip id="autopick">
- <title>Using Autopick to Adjust Meeting Times</title>
- <para>
- If meeting attendees are not available during the times you
- have scheduled a meeting, you can "nudge" the meeting forward
- or backward to the nearest available time. To do so, just
- click the arrows to the left or right of the
- <guilabel>Autopick</guilabel> button. The Autopick tool will
- move the meeting to the nearest time during which all
- attendees are available. If you aren't satisfied with those
- results, you can drag the edges of the meeting time to the
- hours that you want to select.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
-
Index: help/C/usage-mail-org.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-mail-org.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-mail-org.xml
--- help/C/usage-mail-org.xml 22 Jul 2004 16:18:49 -0000 1.22
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1305 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-mail-organize">
- <title>Organizing your Email</title>
- <para>
- Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably
- want to sort and organize them. When you get a hundred a day
- and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago,
- you <emphasis>need</emphasis> to sort and organize them.
- Fortunately, Novell Evolution has the tools
- to help you do it.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id="importing-mail-and-settings">
- <title>Importing Your Old Email</title>
- <para>
- Evolution allows you to import old
- email and contacts so that you don't need to worry about losing
- your old information.
- </para>
- <sect2 id="importing-mail">
- <title>Importing Single Files</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution can import the
- following types of files:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>VCard (.vcf, .gcrd):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and
- many other contact management applications. You
- should be able to export to VCard format from any
- address book application.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>iCalendar (.ics):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by
- PalmOS based handhelds, Evolution, and
- <application>Microsoft Outlook</application>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Microsoft Outlook Express 4 (.mbx):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express
- 4. For other versions of Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express, see
- the workaround described in the note below.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>LDAP Data Interchange Format (.LDIF):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A standard data format for contact cards.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>MBox (.mbox or null extension):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The email box format used by Mozilla, Netscape,
- Novell Evolution, Eudora, and many other email clients.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- To import your old email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> after reading the welcome screen.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <guilabel>Import a single file</guilabel> and click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Indicate the file that you wish to import into Evolution
- and click <guilabel>Forward.</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Import</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="importing-preferences">
- <title>Importing Multiple Files</title>
- <para>
- Evolution automates the import process for several
- applications it can recognize.
- </para>
- <para>
- To import your old information:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> after reading the welcome screen.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <guilabel>Import data and settings from older
- programs</guilabel> and click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Evolution will search for old mail programs it
- recognizes and, if possible, import data from them.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <note>
- <title>Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express Users</title>
- <para>
- Microsoft Outlook, and versions of Outlook Express after
- version 4, use proprietary formats that Novell
- Evolution cannot read or import. One migration method that
- works well is to use the
- <application>Outport</application> application (see <ulink
- url="http://outport.sourceforge.net";>outport.sourceforge.net</ulink>
- for information) under Winodws. YOu can also import data
- into another Windows mail client such as Mozilla:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- While using Windows, import the files into Mozilla Mail (or
- another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the
- standard mbox format).
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy the files to the system or partition you use for
- Novell Evolution.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Use the Evolution import tool to import the files.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <note>
- <title>Netscape Users</title>
- <para>
- Mozilla and Netscape users will need to choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact All
- Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from within the
- Netscape or Mozilla mail tool. Otherwise,
- Novell Evolution will import and undelete
- the messages in your Trash folders.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-columns">
- <title>Sorting Mail with Column Headers</title>
- <para>
- The message list normally has columns to indicate whether a
- message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important
- it is, and the sender, date, and subject. You can change their
- order and remove them by dragging and dropping them.
- </para>
- <para>
- Right-click on one of the column headers to get a list of
- options:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Sort Ascending</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Sorts the messages top to bottom. Similarly,
- <guimenuitem>Sort Descending</guimenuitem> reverses the
- order, and <guilabel>Unsort</guilabel> removes sorting from
- this column, reverting to the order of messages as they were
- added to the folder.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Remove this
- Column</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Remove this column from the display. You can also remove
- columns by dragging the header off the list and
- letting it drop.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Add a Column</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- When you select this item, a dialog box appears, listing
- the possible columns. Drag the column you want into a
- space between existing column headers. A red arrow will
- show you where the column will be placed.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Best Fit</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Automatically adjusts the widths of the columns for the
- most efficient use of space.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Customize Current
- View</guimenuitem>:</term> <listitem><para> Choose this
- item to pick a more complex sort order for messages, or
- to choose which columns of information about your
- messages you wish to display.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-columns-followup">
- <title>Column Sorting with the Follow Up Feature</title>
- <para>
- One way to make sure you don't forget about a message is
- with the <guilabel>Follow Up</guilabel> feature. To use it,
- select one or more messages, and then right-click on one and select
- <guimenuitem>Follow Up</guimenuitem>. A dialog box will open
- and allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Flag</guilabel> itself is the action you
- want to remind yourself about. Several are provided for you, such as
- <guilabel>Call</guilabel>, <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>, and
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel>, but you can enter your own note or
- action if you wish. You may set a deadline for the flag
- as well.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or
- remove it entirely by right-clicking on the message and
- selecting <guilabel>Flag Completed</guilabel> or <guilabel>Clear
- Flag</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- When you read a flagged message, its flag status will be
- displayed at the top, before the message headers. An
- overdue message might tell you <guilabel>Overdue: Call by
- April 07, 2003, 5:00 PM</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For
- example, you might add a <interface>Flag Status</interface> column to your message
- list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a vFolder
- that displays all your flagged messages, and clear the flags
- when you're done, so the vFolder contains only messages with
- upcoming deadlines.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can
- mark them as "Important" by right-clicking on them and selecting
- <guilabel>Mark Important</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-folders">
- <title>Getting Organized with Folders</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution, like most other mail systems, stores mail in
- folders. You start out with a
- few mail folders, such as <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>,
- but you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by
- right clicking on the folder list and selecting
- <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem>.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, your new folder will
- appear in the <interface>folder view</interface>. You can
- then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by
- using the <guilabel>Move</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, click
- on the ones you want to move while holding down the
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key, or use <keycap>Shift</keycap> to
- select a range of messages. If you create a filter with the
- <interface>filter assistant</interface>, you can have mail
- filed automatically.
- </para>
-
- <warning id="imap-subfolders">
- <title>Subfolders in IMAP</title>
- <para>
- The INBOX folder on most IMAP servers cannot contain both
- subfolders and messages. When you create additional folders
- on your IMAP mail server, branch them from the root of the
- IMAP account's folder, tree, not from INBOX. If you create
- subfolders in your INBOX folder, you will lose the ability
- to read messages that exist in your INBOX until you move the
- folders out of the way.
- </para>
- </warning>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-search">
- <title>Searching for Messages</title>
- <para>
- Most mail clients can search through your messages for you,
- but Novell Evolution does it faster than most, thanks to its
- automatic search index.
- </para>
- <para>
- To start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area
- right below the toolbar, and choose a search type:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Subject contains:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will show you messages where the search text is
- in the subject line. It will not search in the
- message body.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Subject does not contain:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Finds messages that do not contain the search text in
- the subject.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Sender contains:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Finds messages whose From: header contains a match for your search text.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Recipients contain:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Finds messages with the search text in the To: and Cc:
- headers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Body contains</guilabel>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will search only in message text, not the subject
- lines.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Body does not contain:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This finds every email message that does not have the
- search text in the message body. It will still show
- messages that have the search text in the subject
- line, if it is not also in the body.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Body or subject contains</guilabel>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will search message subjects and the messages
- themselves for the word or phrase you've entered in
- the search field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Message contains:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Searches the message body and all headers for the
- entered text.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- When you've entered your search phrase, press
- <keycap>Enter</keycap> or click the <guilabel>Find
- Now</guilabel> button. Evolution will show your search results
- in the message list.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For more complex search rules, select
- <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> from the
- <guilabel>Search</guilabel> menu. You may want to create a
- vFolder instead; see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders" /> for more detail.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- When you're done with the search, go back to seeing all your
- messages by clicking the <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> button,
- or by entering a blank search.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You'll see a similar approach to sorting messages when you
- create filters and vFolders in the next few sections.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-spam">
- <title>Stopping Junk Mail (Spam)</title>
- <para>
- Evolution can check for junk mail for you. When the software
- detects mail that appears to be junk mail, it will flag it and
- hide it from your view. Messages that are flagged as junk mail
- are displayed only in the <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> folder.
- </para>
- <para>
- The junk mail filter can "learn" which kinds of mail are
- legitimate and which are not if you train it. When you first
- start using junk mail blocking, check the
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> folder
- to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk
- mail. If good mail, also known as "ham," is mis-flagged, remove
- it from the <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> folder by right-clicking
- on it and selecting <guilabel>Mark as Not Junk</guilabel>. If
- Evolution misses junk mail, right-click it and select
- <guilabel>Mark as Junk</guilabel>. When you correct it, the
- filter will be able to recognize similar messages in the future,
- and will become more accurate as time goes on.
- </para>
- <para>
- To change your junk mail filtering preferences, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and click the <guilabel>Mail Preferences</guilabel>
- button. In the mail preferences tool, select the
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> tab. Here, you have several options:
- </para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Check incoming mail for junk</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This option turns automatic junk mail filtering on or off.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Include remote tests</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This option uses tests that require a network connection,
- such as checking to see if a message is in a list of known
- junk messages, or if the sender or gateway are blacklisted by
- anti-spam organizations. Remote tests add to the amount of
- time it takes to check for junk mail, but increase accuracy.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-<!-- This is apparently gone _____________________________
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Use Daemon</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you select this option, Evolution will try to use the mail
- filtering daemon <command>spamd</command> if it is available.
- Using the daemon can improve filtering speed, but the daemon
- must already be running. Starting a daemon normally requires
- root privileges, but you may be able to use it as non-root,
- depending on your OS and configuration.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can can start spamd with the command
- <command>/etc/init.d/spamd start</command>, or if you prefer,
- have it started automatically by editing your system services
- (for SUSE systems, this is the "Runlevel Editor" in
- YAST). More traditional UNIX users, of course, know how
- to put links to the initialization script in the
- <command>/etc/rc5.d/</command> or <command>/etc/rc3.d</command>
- directory.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-__________________________ -->
-
-
-</variablelist>
-</sect1>
-
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-filters">
- <title>Create Rules to Automatically Organize Mail</title>
- <para>
- Filters work very much like the mail room in a large company.
- Their purpose is to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the
- various folders. In addition, you can have multiple filters
- performing multiple actions that may effect the same message
- in several ways. For example, your filters could put copies
- of one message into multiple folders, or keep a copy and send
- one to another person as well, and it can do that quickly. Of
- course, it's also faster and more flexible than an actual
- person with a pile of envelopes.
- </para>
-
-
- <tip id="easy-filter">
- <title>Quick Filter Creation</title>
- <para>
- There is an easy shortcut for fast filter or vFolder
- creation. Right-click on the message in the message
- list, and select one of the items under the
- <guimenuitem>Create Rule from Message</guimenuitem>
- submenu. Creating a rule based on a message opens the filter
- creation tool with some of the information about the
- message already filled in for your convenience.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-org-filters-new">
- <title>Creating New Filter Rules</title>
- <para>
- To create a new filter rule:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Filters...</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Name your filter in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Define the criteria for the filter in the
- <guilabel>If</guilabel> section. For each filter
- criterion, you must first select which of the following
- parts of the message you want the filter to examine:
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Sender - The sender's address.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
- <listitem><para>
- Recipients - The recipients of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Subject - The subject line of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Specific Header - The filter can look at any header you
- want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name
- in the first text box, and put your search text in the
- second one.
-
-
- <note id="multiple-repeated-headers">
- <title>Repeated Headers</title>
- <para>
- If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution will
- pay attention only to the first instance, even if the
- message defines the header differently the second
- time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From:
- header as "engineering rupertcorp com" and then restates
- it as "marketing rupertcorp com," Evolution will filter as
- though the second declaration had not occurred. To filter
- on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular
- expression.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an
- expression you write in the Scheme language, used to
- define filters in Novell Evolution.
- </para>
-
-<para>
-</para>
- </listitem>
-
-
-
- <listitem><para> Date sent - Filter messages according to the date on
- which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you
- want a message to meet:<guilabel>before</guilabel>
- a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth.
- Then, choose the time. The filter will compare the
- message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter
- is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a
- calendar. You can even have it look for messages within a
- range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four
- days ago.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Date Received - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel>
- option, except that it compares the time you got the message
- with the dates you specify.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Label - Messages may have labels of
- <guilabel>Important</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Work</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Personal</guilabel>, <guilabel>To
- Do</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Later</guilabel>. You
- can set these labels with other filters or by hand.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Score - Set the message score to any whole number greater than
- 0. You can have one filter set or change a message
- score, and then set up another filter to move the
- messages you have scored. A message score is not based
- on anything in particular: it is simply a number you
- can assign to messages so other filters can process them.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Size (kB) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Status - Filters according to the status of a
- message. Status may be <guilabel>Replied
- To</guilabel>, <guilabel>Draft</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Important</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Read</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Flagged - Check whether the message is flagged for follow-up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Attachments - Create a filter based on whether you
- have an attachment in the email.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Mailing List - Filter based on the mailing list
- the message came from. This filter may miss
- messages from some list servers, because Filtering
- it checks for the
- <computeroutput>X-BeenThere</computeroutput>
- header, used to identify mailing lists or other
- redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers
- which do not set
- <computeroutput>X-BeenThere</computeroutput>
- properly will not be caught by these filters.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Regex Match: If you know your way around a
- <link
- linkend="regular-expression">regex</link>, or
- regular expression, put your knowledge to use
- here. This allows you to search for complex
- patterns of letters, so that you can find, for
- example, all words that start with a and ends with
- m, and are between six and fifteen letters long,
- or all messages that declare a particular header
- twice. For information about how to use regular
- expressions, check the manual page for the
- <command>grep</command> command.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Source Account - Filter messages according the
- server you got them from. This is most useful if
- you use multiple POP mail accounts.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Pipe to Program - Evolution can use
- an external command to process a message, then
- process it based on the return value. Commands
- used in this way must return an integer. This is
- most commonly used to add an external junk mail
- filter.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Junk Test - Filter based on the results of the
- junk mail test.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the criterion for the condition. If you want multiple
- criteria for this filter, press <guilabel>Add
- criterion</guilabel> and repeat the previous step.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the actions for the filter in the
- <guilabel>Then</guilabel>
- section. You can select any of the following options.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Move to Folder - Move the message into a folder you specify. Click the
- <guilabel><click here to select a folder></guilabel> button
- to select the destination folder.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Copy to Folder - Put a copy of the message into a folder you specify. Click the
- <guilabel><click here to select a folder></guilabel> button
- to select the destination folder.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Delete - Marks the message for deletion. The
- message can be undeleted until you manually
- <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Stop Processing - Select this if you want to tell all other filters to ignore
- this message, because whatever you've done with it so far
- is plenty.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Assign Color - Mark the message with a color of your choice.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Assign Score - Assign the message a numeric score.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Adjust Score - Change the numeric score by the amount you set here.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Set Status - Set the status of the message. Status may be <guilabel>Replied
- To</guilabel>, <guilabel>Draft</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Important</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Read</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel>.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Unset Status - If the message has a status value,
- unset it. If a status value is not set, do
- nothing.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Beep - Make the system beep.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Play Sound - Select a sound file, and Evolution will play it.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Run Program - Evolution will run an application.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Pipe to Program - Send the message to a program of your choice. No return value
- is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic web postings
- from email messages or to perform additional message
- post-processing not supported by Evolution.
- </para></listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Add Action - If you want to add multiple actions for this filter, press
- <guilabel>Add action</guilabel> and repeat the previous step.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Add a Rule</guilabel> dialog.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel>
- window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <note id="when-filters-go-wrong">
- <title>When Are Filters Applied?</title>
- <para>
- For POP mail, filters are applied as messages are
- downloaded. For IMAP mail, filters are applied to new
- messages when you enter the INBOX folder. On Exchange
- servers, filters are not applied until you enter
- your INBOX folder and select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apply
- Filters</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press
- <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo>.
- To force your filters to act on all messages in the folder,
- select the entire folder
- (<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>)
- and then apply the filters
- (<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo>.)
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- <figure id="usage-mail-filter-fig-createrule">
- <title>Creating a Mail Filter</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating a Mail Filter</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/filter-new-fig" format="PNG"
- srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- If you have several filters that match a single message,
- they will all be applied to the message in order, unless
- one of the filters has the action <guilabel>Stop
- Processing</guilabel>. If you use that action in a
- filter, the messages that it affects will not be touched
- by other filters.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you first open the filters dialog, you are shown the
- list of filters sorted in the order in which they will be
- applied. You can move them up and down in the priority list
- by clicking the <guilabel>Up</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Down</guilabel> buttons.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="filters-edit">
- <title>Editing Filters</title>
- <para>
- To edit a filter:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the filter in the <guilabel>Filter Rules</guilabel> section
- and press <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Change the desired settings.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Add a Rule</guilabel> dialog.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel>
- window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="filters-deleting">
- <title>Deleting Filters</title>
- <para>
- To delete a filter:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the filter and press <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the filter manager
- window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- <note>
- <title>Changing Folder Names and Filters</title>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Incoming email that your filters don't move goes
- into the Inbox; outgoing mail that they don't move
- ends up in the Sent folder. So be sure to change
- the filters that go with it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">
- <title>Getting Really Organized with vFolders</title>
- <para>
- If filters aren't flexible enough for you, or you find
- yourself performing the same search again and again, consider
- a vFolder. vFolders, or virtual folders, are an advanced way
- of viewing your email messages within
- Novell Evolution. If you get a lot of
- mail or often forget where you put messages, vFolders
- can help you stay on top of things.
- </para>
- <para>
- A vFolder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational
- tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you
- set it up like a filter. In other words, while a conventional
- folder actually contains messages, a vFolder is a view of
- messages that may be in several different folders. The
- messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of
- criteria you choose in advance.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- As messages that meet the vFolder criteria arrive or are
- deleted, Evolution will automatically adjust the vFolder
- contents. When you delete a message, it gets erased from the
- folder in which it actually exists, as well as any vFolders
- that display it.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Imagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds
- of vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and
- changing groups of faculty, staff, administrators and
- students. The more mail you need to organize, the less you
- can afford the sort of confusion that stems from an
- organizational system that's not flexible enough. vFolders
- make for better organization because they can accept
- overlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing
- systems can't.
- </para>
-
-
- <note id="unmatched-vfolder">
- <title>The "Unmatched" vFolder</title>
- <para>
- The Unmatched vFolder is the opposite of the others: it
- displays whatever messages do not appear in other vFolders.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you use remote email storage like IMAP or Microsoft
- Exchange, and have created vFolders to search through them,
- the Unmatched vFolder will follow your lead, and search the
- remote folders as well. If you do not create any vFolders that
- search in remote mail stores, the Unmatched vFolder will not
- search in them either.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- <example id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders-ex">
- <title>Using Folders, Searches, and vFolders</title>
- <para>
- To organize his mailbox, Jim sets up a virtual folder for emails from
- his friend and co-worker Anna. He has another one for messages that
- have novell.com in the address and Novell Evolution in the subject line, so he
- can keep a record of what people from work send him about
- Evolution. If Anna sends him a message about
- anything other than Novell Evolution, it only shows up in the "Anna" folder.
- When Anna sends him mail about the user interface for
- Evolution, he can see that message both in
- the "Anna" vFolder and in the "Internal Evolution Discussion"
- vFolder.
- </para>
- </example>
-
- <!-- (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: vFolders in action) -->
-
- <sect2 id="vfolder-create">
- <title>Creating vFolders</title>
- <para>
- To create a vFolder:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Add</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Name your vFolder in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field.
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select your search criteria. For each criterion, you
- must first select which of the following parts of the
- message you want the search to examine. The criteria are
- similar to those for filters:
-
- <figure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule">
- <title>Selecting a vFolder Rule</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating a vFolder Rule</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/vfolder-createrule-fig" format="PNG"
- srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </para>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Sender - The sender's address.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
- <listitem><para>
- Recipients - The recipients of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Subject - The subject line of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
- <listitem><para>
- Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an
- expression you write in Scheme.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para> Date sent - Search messages according to the date on
- which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you
- want a message to meet: <guilabel>before</guilabel>
- a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth.
- Then, choose the time. The vFolder will compare the
- message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter
- is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a
- calendar. You can also have it look for messages within a
- range of time relative to the filter.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Date Received - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel>
- option, except that it compares the time you got the message
- with the dates you specify.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Label - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Score</guilabel>
- option, although it allows you to select from various labels applied to the message,
- such as <guilabel>Important, Personal, To Do,
- Work</guilabel> or <guilabel>Later</guilabel>.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Score - a numeric score that you can assign to
- messages using filters
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Size (kB) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Status - Searches according to the status of a message, such as
- 'Draft'.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Follow Up - Checks whether you have flagged the message for follow up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Attachments - Create a vFolder based on whether or not you have an
- attachment in the email.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Mailing List - Search based on the mailing list it came from.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the folders in which this vFolder will search. Your options are:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Specific folders only - Use individual folders for the vFolder to
- use as its sources.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With all local folders
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With all active remote folders - Remote folders
- are considered active if you are connected to the
- server; you must be connected to your mail server
- for the vFolder to include any messages from that
- source.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With all local and active remote folders
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the vFolder editing tool and in the vFolder list dialog boxes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
Index: help/C/usage-mail.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-mail.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-mail.xml
--- help/C/usage-mail.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.19
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1908 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-mail">
- <title>Getting and Sending Email</title>
- <para>
- This chapter, and <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize"/>, will
- provide you with an in-depth guide to the capabilities of
- Evolution as a mail client. For information about how to set up
- your mail account, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail"/>.
- </para>
-
- <note>
- <title>If you use IMAP Mail</title>
- <para>
- If you chose IMAP mail during the setup process, you must
- subscribe to your mail folders before you can read mail in
- them. Read <xref linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/> to find out
- how.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-read">
- <title>Reading Mail</title>
- <para>
- If you are not already viewing mail, switch to the mail tool by clicking the
- <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> button in the shortcut bar. To read a message,
- select it in the message list; if you'd like to see it in its
- own window, double-click on it, or press <keycap>Return</keycap> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>O</keycap>
- </keycombo>.
- </para>
-
-
- <tip id="spaceandbs">
- <title>Reading Mail with the Keyboard</title>
- <para>
- You can click the space bar to page down while you're reading
- an email, and press <keycap>Backspace</keycap> to page up in an email.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Navigate the message list by pressing the arrow keys up
- and down. To go to the next and previous
- <emphasis>unread</emphasis> messages, press the
- <keycap>.</keycap> (period) or <keycap>,</keycap> (comma)
- keys. On most keyboards, these keys are also marked
- with the > and < symbols, which makes a convenient way
- to remember that they move you forward and backward in your
- message list. You can also use <keycap>]</keycap> (close
- bracket) for the next unread message, and <keycap>[</keycap>
- (open bracket) for the previous unread message.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-listorder">
- <title>Sorting the message list</title>
- <para>
- Evolution helps you work by letting you sort
- your email. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click
- on the bars with those labels at the top of the message
- list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates
- the direction of the sort, and if you click again, you'll
- sort them in reverse order. For example, click once on
- <guilabel>Date</guilabel> to sort messages by date from
- oldest to newest. Click again, and
- Evolution sorts the list from
- newest to oldest. You can also right-click on the message
- header bars to get a set of sorting options, and add or
- remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed
- instructions on how to customize your message display
- columns in <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-columns"/>.
- </para>
-
- <tip id="view-headers">
- <title>Email Headers</title>
- <para>
- To look at the complete headers for a message, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message
- Display</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Show Full
- Headers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To see absolutely every
- bit of the message data, choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message
- Display</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Show Email Source
- </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>
- You can also choose a threaded message view. Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- to turn the threaded view on or off. When you select this option,
- Evolution groups the replies to a
- message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a
- conversation from one message to the next.
- </para>
- <figure>
- <title>Message Threading In Action</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Message Threading In Action</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/mail-threaded" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete">
- <title>Deleting Mail</title>
- <para>
- Once you've read your mail, you may want to get rid of
- it. To delete a message, select it and press the
- <keycap>Delete</keycap> key, click the trash button,
- or right click on the message and choose
- <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>Hide and Show Deleted Messages</title>
- <para>
- When you press <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> or click
- the trash button, your mail isn't actually deleted,
- but is marked for deletion. Your email is not gone
- until you have expunged it. When you "Expunge" a
- folder, you remove all the mail that you have marked
- for deletion.
- </para>
- <para>
- To show deleted messages, select the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hide
- Deleted Messages</guimenuitem></menuchoice> toggle. You can also find
- deleted messages in the your
- <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> folder.
- </para>
- </note>
- <para>
- To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a
- folder, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>E</keycap>
- </keycombo>. To expunge all folders at once, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>Trash is Actually a vFolder?</title>
- <para>
- Both local and IMAP Trash folders are actually vFolders that
- display all messages you have marked for later deletion.
- For more information about vFolders, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"/>. Since emptying
- your trash expunges the messages in your Trash folder,
- choosing <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is the
- same as expunging deleted mail from <emphasis>all</emphasis>
- your folders.
- </para>
- <para>
- This is not, however, true for the Trash folder on Exchange
- servers, which behaves just the same as it would in
- Outlook. That is to say, the Trash folder on an Exchange
- server is a normal folder with actual messages in it.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-undelete">
- <title>Undeleting Messages</title>
- <para>
- You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged. To undelete a message, select it and
- press <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>U</keycap></keycombo>
- or choose <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Undelete</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>What does Undelete actually do?</title>
- <para>
- If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting
- it will unmark it, and the message will be removed
- from the Trash folder. However, you cannot undelete
- messages that have been expunged.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get">
- <title>Checking for New Mail</title>
- <para>
- Now that you've had a look around the
- <interface>Inbox</interface>, it's time to check for new mail.
- Click <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel> in the toolbar to check
- your mail. If you haven't entered any mail settings yet, the
- <interface>setup assistant</interface> will ask you for the
- information it needs to check your email.
- </para>
-
-
- <para>
- If this is your first time checking mail, or you
- haven't asked Evolution to store your
- password, you'll be prompted for the password. Enter your
- password and your email will be downloaded.
- </para>
- <note id="badmailsettings">
- <title>Can't Check Mail?</title>
- <para>
- If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need
- to check your network settings. To learn how to do that, have
- a look at <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail"/>, or ask your
- system administrator.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
-
- <tip>
- <title>Sharing Mailboxes with Other Mail Programs</title>
- <para>
- If you want to use Evolution
- and another email client, such as
- Mutt, at the same time,
- here's how:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Download your mail in the other application as
- you would normally.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In Evolution, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>
- Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Go to the
- Mail Accounts configuration tool, and pick the account
- you'd like to use to share mail. You may want to
- create a new account just for this source of
- mail.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Under the <guilabel>Receiving Mail</guilabel>
- tab, select the type of mail file that your
- other mail application uses, and then enter the
- full path to that location. A typical choice
- would be mbox files, with the path /home/username/Mail/.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </tip>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news">
- <title>Using Evolution for News</title>
- <para>
- USENET newsgroups are so similar to mail that it's often convenient to read
- news and mail side by side. You can add a news source, called an
- NNTP server, the same way you would a new email account, selecting
- <guilabel>USENET News</guilabel> as the source type.
- The news server will appear as a remote mail server, and each news
- group works like an IMAP folder. When you click
- <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel>, Evolution will
- also check for news messages.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To subscribe to a news group, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Subscribe To
- Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select your NNTP account. Then, select
- the groups you want to subscribe to.
- </para>
-
-
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach">
- <title>Working with Attachments and HTML Mail</title>
- <para>
- If someone sends you an <link linkend="attachment">attachment</link>,
- a file attached to an email,
- Evolution will display the file
- at the bottom of the message to which it's attached. Text,
- including HTML formatting and embedded images, will appear
- as part of the message, rather than at the end of the
- message as an attachment.
- </para>
-
- <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-actions">
- <title>Saving or Opening Attachments</title>
- <para>
- If you get an attachment with an email message,
- Evolution can help you save
- it or open it with the appropriate applications.
- </para>
- <para>
- To save an attachment to disk:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the downward pointing arrow on the attachment icon
- and select <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a location and name for the file.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To open an attachment using another application:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the arrow next the attachment icon.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the program you'd like to use. It will start up
- and open the document.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- The options available for an attachment will vary depending
- on the type of attachment and the applications your system has
- installed. For example, attached word processor files can be
- opened in OpenOffice.org or another word processor, while
- compressed archive files can be opened in the File Roller
- application.
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-html">
- <title>Inline Images in HTML Mail</title>
- <para>
- When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in
- the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your
- Inbox) Evolution
- will display the image inside the message. You can create
- messages like this by using the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Insert</guimenu><guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- tool in the message composer. Alternately, just drag
- an image into the message composition area.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Some images are linked in to messages, rather than being part
- of them. Evolution can download those images from the
- Internet, but will not do so unless you request it
- specifically. This is because remotely hosted
- images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used
- by spammers to track who reads their email. Having images
- not load automatically helps protect your privacy.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you want the images to load for one message, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Message Display</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load Images</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
-
- If you want Evolution to
- load remotely hosted images more often, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and click the <guilabel>Mail Preferences</guilabel>
- button. There, click the <guilabel>HTML
- Mail</guilabel> tab and select one of the items there:
- <guilabel>Never load images off the net</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Load images in mail from contacts</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Always load images off the
- net.</guilabel>
- </para>
- <note id="http-proxy">
- <title>Loading Images from the Net through an HTTP Proxy</title>
- <para>
- If you use an HTTP proxy (as in many large organizations),
- Evolution must be able to find
- it through the <systemitem>gnome-vfs</systemitem> subsystem
- before it can load images from the Internet.
- </para>
- <para>
-
- To set up your proxy, go to the GNOME Control Center by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- from your menu panel or from the GNOME menu, and then click
- the <guilabel>Network Proxies</guilabel> button. Select the
- <guilabel>Use an HTTP network proxy</guilabel> check box and
- then enter information about your proxy. If you are not sure,
- check with your ISP or system administrator. If you are not
- using GNOME, or are not sure how to access the control
- center, you can run the command
- <command>gnome-network-preferences</command> to start the
- proxy settings tool.
- </para>
-
- </note>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send">
- <title>Composing New Email Messages</title>
- <para>
- You can start writing a new email message by selecting
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>
- Mail Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or, while you are in
- the Mail tool,
- pressing<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>
- or clicking the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar.
- </para>
-
-<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
- <figure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig">
- <title>New Message Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/newmsg" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
-
- <para>
- Enter an address in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field. If you
- wish, enter a subject in the <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel>, and
- a message in the box at the bottom of the window.
- Once you have written your message, press
- <guilabel>Send</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-charsets">
- <title>Unicode, ASCII, and Non-Latin Alphabets</title>
-
- <para>
- If you want to write in a non-Latin alphabet while using a
- Latin keyboard, try selecting a different input method in
- the message composer. Right-click on the message composition
- area and select from the <guimenu>Input Methods</guimenu>
- menu, then begin typing. The actual keys vary by language and
- input style. For example, the Cyrillic input method uses
- transliterated Latin keyboard combinations to get the Cyrillic
- alphabet, combining letters where necessary. "Zh" and "ya"
- produce the appropriate single Cyrillic letters, and the
- single-quote ' produces a soft-sign character.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For greater language display capabilities, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and check
- the character set choices in the <guilabel>Mail
- Preferences</guilabel> and <guilabel>Composer
- Preferences</guilabel> sections. If you aren't sure which one
- to choose, go ahead and choose UTF-8, which offers the
- greatest range of character displays for the greatest range of
- languages.
- </para>
-
- <note><title>What is a character set?</title>
-
- <para>
- A character set is a computer's version of an alphabet. In the
- past, the ASCII character set was used almost
- universally. However, it contained only 128 characters,
- meaning it was unable to display characters in Cyrillic,
- Kanjii, or other non-Latin alphabets. To get around language
- display problems, programmers developed a variety of mostly
- incompatible ways to work around their language display
- problems, and today, many human languages have their own
- specific character sets, and items written in other character
- sets will display incorrectly. Eventually, standards
- organizations developed the Unicode character set UTF-8 to
- provide a single compatible set of codes for everyone.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Most email messages state in advance which character set they
- use, so Evolution usually knows what to display for a given
- binary number. However, if you find that messages are
- displayed as rows of incomprehensible characters, try
- selecting a different character set in the mail settings
- screen. If your recipients can't read your messages, try
- selecting a different character set in the composer options
- dialog. For some languages, such as Turkish or Korean, it may
- work best for you to select the language-specific character
- set. However, the best choice for most users is UTF-8, which
- offers the widest range of characters for the widest range of
- languages.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay">
- <title>Sending Composed Messages Later</title>
- <para>
- Evolution will normally send
- mail as soon as you click the <guilabel>Send</guilabel>
- button. However, there are a few ways you can save a
- message to be sent later:
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you are offline when you click <guilabel>Send</guilabel>,
- Evolution will add your
- message to the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> queue. The
- next time you connect to the Internet and send or
- receive mail, that message will be sent.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Choose
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save Draft</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- to store your messages in the drafts folder for later
- revision.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- If you prefer to save your message as a text file,
- choose
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and then choose a
- file name.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-offline">
- <title>Working Offline</title>
-
- <para>
- Offline mode is a tool designed for use with remote mail
- storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange,
- in situations where you will not be connected to
- the network at all times. It will keep a local copy of one or
- more folders and allow you to compose messages, storing them
- in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- While POP mail downloads all messages to your local system,
- other connections usually download just the headers, and fetch
- the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you
- go offline, Evolution will download the unread messages from
- the folders you have chosen to store.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To mark a folder for offline use, right click on the folder and
- select <guilabel>Properties</guilabel>, then check the box
- marked <guilabel>Copy folder content locally for offline
- operation.</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower
- left border of the Evolution main window. When you are online,
- it will display two connected cables. When you go offline, the
- cables will separate.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To cache your selected folders and disconnect from the
- network, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Work
- Offline</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the
- connection status icon in the lower left of the screen. When you
- want to reconnect, choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Work
- Online</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the connection
- status icon again.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose">
- <title>Attachments</title>
- <para>
- To attach a file to your email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Push the attach button in the composer toolbar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the file you want to attach.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can drag a file into the address area or to the
- attachment portion of the composer
- window. If you are attaching an image and wish to send it
- inline rather than attached, drag the image into the text
- composition area of the composer window. Non-image files
- cannot be dragged into the text composition area.
- </para>
- <para>
- The attachment display area is at the bottom of the
- composer window; you can expand or shrink it by clicking the
- small triangle in its upper right corner.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you send the message, a copy of the attached file
- will go with it. Be aware that big attachments may take a
- long time to send and receive.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types">
- <title>Specifying Extra Recipients for Email</title>
- <para>
- Evolution, like most email
- programs, recognizes three types of addressee: primary
- recipients, secondary recipients, and hidden ("blind")
- recipients. The simplest way to direct a message is to put
- the email address or addresses in the
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field, which denotes primary
- recipients. To send mail to more than one or two people,
- you can use the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- <para>
- Hearkening back to the dark ages when people used
- typewriters and there were no copy machines, "Cc" stands
- for "Carbon Copy." Use it whenever you want to share a
- message you've written to someone else.
- </para>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> is a little more complex. You
- use it like <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, but people on the
- <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> list are hidden from the other
- recipients of the message. Use it to send mail to large
- groups of people, especially if they don't know each other
- or if privacy is a concern. If your <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field is absent, click
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Bcc Field</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you frequently write email to the same groups of people,
- you can create address lists in the contacts tool, and
- then send them mail as though they had a single address.
- To learn how to do that, read <xref
- linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-list"/>.
- </para>
-
- <tip id="reply-to-per-mail">
- <title>Setting Reply-to On a Per-Mail Basis</title>
- <para>
- Evolution has the ability to
- let you specify the Reply-To in an email. Using this, you
- can setup a special Reply-To for an email. To do this:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open a composer window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the Reply-To field by selecting
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Reply To</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the address you wish to have be the
- Reply-To address in the new Reply-To field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </tip>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to">
- <title>Choosing Recipients Quickly</title>
- <para>
- If you have created address cards in the contacts tool,
- you can also enter nicknames or other portions of address
- data, and Evolution will offer a
- drop down list of possible address completions from your
- contacts. If you enter a name or nickname that can go
- with more than one card, Evolution will open a dialog box to
- ask you which person you meant.
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If Evolution does not complete addresses automatically, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- and click the <guilabel>Autocompletion</guilabel>
- button. There, select the groups of contacts you want to use
- for address autocompletion in the mailer.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Alternately, you can click on the
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel>, <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> buttons to get a list
- of the email addresses
- in your contacts. Select addresses and click on
- the arrows to move them into the appropriate address
- columns.
- </para>
- <para>
- For more information about using email together with the
- contact manager and the calendar, see <xref
- linkend="contact-automation-basic"/> and <xref
- linkend="usage-calendar-apts"/>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">
- <title>Replying to Email Messages</title>
- <para>
- To reply to a message, press the
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel> button while it is selected,
- or choose <guimenuitem>Reply to Sender</guimenuitem> from
- the message's right-click menu. That will open the
- <interface>message composer</interface>. The
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel> and <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel>
- fields will already be filled, although you can alter them
- if you wish. In addition, the full text of the old message
- is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a
- blue line to one side (for HTML display) or with the >
- character before each line (in plain text mode), to
- indicate that it's part of the previous message. People
- often intersperse their message with the quoted material as
- shown in <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig"/>.
-
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
- <figure id="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">
- <title>Reply Message Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/replymsg" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
- </para>
- <para>
- If you're reading a message with several recipients, you may
- wish to use <guilabel>Reply to All</guilabel> instead of
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel>. If there are large numbers
- of people in the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> or
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel> fields, this can save substantial
- amounts of time.
- <example>
- <title>Using the Reply to All feature</title>
- <para>
- Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim
- and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers.
- If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read,
- he uses <guilabel>Reply to All</guilabel>, but if he
- just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he
- uses <guilabel>Reply</guilabel>. Note that his reply
- will not reach anyone that Susan put on her
- <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel> list, since that list is not
- shared with anyone.
- </para>
- </example>
- </para>
- <para>
- If you're subscribed to a mailing list, and want your reply
- to go just to the list, rather than to the sender, choose
- <guilabel>Reply to List</guilabel> instead of
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel> or <guilabel>Reply to
- All</guilabel>.
- <note>
- <title>What is a Mailing List?</title>
- <para>
- Mailing Lists are one of the most popular tools for
- group collaboration on the Internet. Here's how they work:
- <simplelist>
- <member>
- Someone sends a message to a single address, like
- <email>evolution ximian com</email>.
- </member>
- <member>
- That address belongs to a program that distributes
- the message to a list of recipients.
- </member>
- </simplelist>
- The mail management program lets individuals subscribe
- to or unsubscribe from the list at will, without
- requiring the message writers to remember the addresses
- of every recipient.
- </para>
- <para>
- Mailing list servers can also let network administrators
- control mail flow, list membership, and even moderate
- the content of mailing lists.
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find">
- <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title>
- <para>
- You are probably familiar with search and replace features
- in any sort of text-editing software, and if you're familiar with
- regular expressions, you may already know what
- <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem> does. If you aren't
- among the lucky who already know, here's a quick rundown of
- the automated text searching features that the message
- composer makes available to you.
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem><para> Enter a word or phrase, and
- Evolution will find it
- in your message.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Find a complex pattern of characters, called a
- <link linkend="regular-expression">regular
- expression</link> or "regex" in your composer
- window. If you're not sure what a regular expression
- is, you're probably better off ignoring this feature.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem><para>
- Select this item to repeat the last search you
- performed.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem><para>
- Find a word or phrase, and replace it with
- something else.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For all of these menu items, you can choose whether
- to <guilabel>Search Backwards</guilabel> in the document
- from the point where your cursor is. For all but the
- regular expression search (which doesn't need it), you are
- offered a check box to determine whether the search is to
- be <guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel> when it determines
- a match.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">
- <title>Enhance your email with HTML</title>
- <para>
- Normally, you can't set text styles or insert pictures in
- emails, which is why email is often regarded as
- uncommunicative and cold, and why people often resort to
- using far too many exclamation points to convey their
- feelings. However, most newer email programs can display
- images and text styles as well as basic alignment and
- paragraph formatting. They do this with <link
- linkend="html">HTML</link>, just like web pages do.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>HTML Mail is not a Default Setting</title>
- <para>
- Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or
- prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is
- slower to download and display. Because some people may
- prefer not to get HTML mail,
- Evolution sends plain text
- unless you explicitly ask for HTML.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para> You can change the format of an email message between
- plain text and HTML by choosing <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>
- HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- <para>
- To send all your mail as HTML by default, set your mail
- format preferences in the mail configuration dialog. See
- <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer"/> for more
- information.
- </para>
- <para>
- HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above
- the space where you'll actually compose the message. They also
- appear in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> and
- <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menus.
- </para>
- <para>
- The icons in the toolbar are explained in <link
- linkend="tooltip">tool-tips</link>, which appear when
- you hold your mouse over the buttons. The buttons fall
- into four categories:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Headers and lists</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- At the left edge of the toolbar, you can choose
- <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> for a default text style
- or <guilabel>Header 1</guilabel> through
- <guilabel>Header 6</guilabel> for varying sizes of
- header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles
- include <guilabel>preformat</guilabel>, to use the HTML
- tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types
- of bullet points for the highly
- organized.
- </para>
- <tip>
- <title>Using Bullets to Make Your Email More
- Attractive</title>
- <para>
- Instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list,
- try the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown
- list. Evolution uses
- more attractive bullets and handles word wrap and
- multiple levels of indentation.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Text style</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Use these buttons to determine the way your letters
- look. If you have text selected, the style will
- apply to the selected text. If you do not have text
- selected, the style will apply to whatever you type
- next. The buttons are:
- <itemizedlist mark="none">
-<listitem><para>Push <guiicon>TT</guiicon> for "typewriter text," which is approximately the same as the Courier monospaced serif font.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>bold A</guiicon> for bold text</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>italic A</guiicon> for italics</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>underlined A</guiicon> to underline</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>strikethrough A</guiicon> for a strikethrough.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Alignment</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Located next to the text style buttons, these three
- paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most
- word processing software. The leftmost button will
- make your text aligned to the left, the center
- button will center, and the right button will
- align the text on the right side.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Indentation rules</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The button with the arrow pointing left will decrease
- a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow will
- increase its indentation.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Color Selection</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- At the far right is the color section tool, where a
- colored box displays the current text color. To
- choose a new one, click the arrow button just to the
- right. If you have text selected, the color will
- apply to the selected text. If you do not have text
- selected, the color will apply to whatever you type
- next. You can select a background color or image by
- right-clicking on the message background and
- selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Style</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Page Style</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Under the <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> menu, there are
- several more items you can use to style your email. To use
- these and other HTML formatting tools, first make sure you have
- enabled HTML mode with <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>
- HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Link</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Lets you link some text to a website. Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML
- messages. If you don't want special link text, you can just enter the address
- directly, and Evolution
- will recognize it as a link.
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the text you wish to link from.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on the text and click on <guilabel>Link</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Put the URL you want to use in the <guilabel>URL</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <note>
- <para>
- If you're typing a web page address to be automatically formatted, keep in mind that a space terminates the link.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Lets you put an image alongside text.
- </para>
- <para>
- To insert an image into your email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Insert Image</guilabel> button in the toolbar, or select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Insert</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose your image by clicking the <guilabel>Browse</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> to insert the image.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Rule</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Inserts a horizontal line into the text to help divide two
- sections.
- </para>
- <para>
- To insert a rule:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Rule</guilabel> button in the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the type of rule. You can use a plain
- line, a 3D line, or a yellow line with flowers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the size of the line, as a percentage of the width of the email window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the alignment and style. For the plain
- line, you can choose the thickness of the line,
- and whether it will be shaded, or solid. For the
- other types, you can only choose alignment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> to insert the rule.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Table</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Inserts a table into the text to help divide two
- sections.
- </para>
- <para>
- To insert a table:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Table</guilabel> button in the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the number of rows and columns for the
- table, and the width and height of the
- table. You may also choose padding and spacing
- for table cells, as with a standard HTML
- table. If you are not familiar with HTML
- table options, the default values are probably fine.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a background image or color, if you like.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Once the table is in place, you can right-click on
- it and get a list of ways to alter it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Templates</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Evolution not only allows you to
- decorate your email with HTML text and graphics, but
- provides you with prebuilt templates for you to use when
- making these improvements. You can use these to emphasize a
- point or frame an image in an attractive manner.
- </para>
- <para>
- To include a template into your HTML based email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Template</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar or select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- Insert
- </guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>
- Template
- </guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the template type in the
- <guilabel>Template</guilabel> selection box. Your
- options are <guilabel>Note</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Image Frame</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the size and alignment of the HTML template.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> to insert it where the
- cursor is.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click on the text in the template, and enter the text
- you want to use.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have selected an image frame template,
- right-click on the image and select
- <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem> to select the image
- you want to place in the frame.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd">
- <title>Forwarding Mail</title>
- <para>
- The post office forwards your mail for you when you change
- addresses, and you can forward a letter if it comes to you by mistake.
- The email <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> button
- works in much the same way. It's particularly useful if you
- have received a message and you think someone else would
- like to see it. You can forward a message as an attachment
- to a new message (this is the default) or
- you can send it <link linkend="inline">inline</link> as a quoted
- portion of the message you are sending. Attachment
- forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered
- message on to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if
- you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a
- large number of comments on different sections of the
- message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the
- message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or
- altered content.
- </para>
- <para>
- To forward a message you are reading, press
- <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> on the toolbar, select
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or press
- <keycombo
-action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. If
- you prefer to forward the message <link
- linkend="inline">inline</link>
- instead of attached, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guisubmenu>Forward</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
- Inline</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the menu. Choose an
- addressee as you would when sending a new message; the
- subject will already be entered, although you can alter it
- if you wish. Enter your comments on the message in the
- <interface>composition frame</interface>, and press
- <guilabel>Send</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette">
- <title>Seven Tips for Email Courtesy</title>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Don't forward chain letters. If you must, watch out for
- hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure the message
- doesn't have multiple layers of greater-than signs,
- (>) indicating multiple layers of careless in-line
- forwarding.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Always begin and close with a salutation. Say "please"
- and "thank you," just like you do in real life. You
- can keep your pleasantries short, but be pleasant!
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- WRITING IN CAPITAL LETTERS MEANS YOU'RE SHOUTING!
- Don't write a whole message in capital letters. It
- hurts people's ears.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check your spelling and use complete sentences. By
- default, Evolution will put
- a red line beneath words it doesn't recognize, as you
- type them.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Don't send nasty emails (flames). If you get one,
- don't write back.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- When you reply or forward, include just enough of
- the previous message to provide context: not too
- much, not too little.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Don't send spam.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="rsvp-stuff">
- <title>Meetings Invitations by Mail</title>
- <para>
- If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then
- send invitations to the attendee list through the
- Evolution email tool. The
- invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Your options are:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Accept</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this entry if you will attend the meeting. When you
- click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button, the meeting will
- be entered into your calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Tentatively Accept</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this entry if you will probably attend the meeting.
- When you click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button, the
- meeting will be entered into your calendar, but marked as
- tentative.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Decline</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this item if you will be unable to attend the
- meeting. The meeting will not be entered into your calendar
- when you click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, although your
- response will be sent to the meeting host if you have
- checked the <guilabel>RSVP</guilabel> box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>RSVP</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check this box if you would like your response sent to
- the meeting organizers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-subscriptions">
- <title>IMAP Subscriptions Manager</title>
- <para>
- Since IMAP folders exist on the server, and opening them or
- checking them takes time, you need fine-grained control over the
- way that you use IMAP folders. That's why
- Evolution has an IMAP subscriptions
- manager. If you prefer to have every mail folder displayed, you
- can select that option as well. However, if you'd like to choose
- specific items in your mailbox, and exclude others, you can use
- the subscription management tool to do that.
- </para>
- <para>
- Here's how:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Subscribe
- to Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you have accounts on multiple IMAP servers, select the
- server where you'd like to manage your
- subscriptions. Evolution will
- display a list of available files and folders.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select a file or folder by clicking on it. You will want
- to select at least the <guilabel>INBOX</guilabel>
- folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is
- configured, the list of available files may include
- non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Subscribe</guilabel> to add it to
- the subscribed list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- When you have subscribed to the folders you want, close
- the window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="encryption">
- <title>Encryption</title>
-
- <para>
- Encryption is an ancient method of keeping information safe
- from prying eyes. Evolution helps
- you protect your privacy by using
- gpg, an implementation of strong
- <link linkend="public-key-encryption">Public Key
- Encryption.</link>
- </para>
-
- <note id="pub-priv">
- <title>Public Key? Private Key? What is the difference?</title>
- <para>
- GPG uses two keys: public and private. You can give your
- public key to anyone you want to receive
- encrypted messages, or put it on a public key server so
- that people can look it up before contacting you.
- <emphasis>Never give your private key to anyone,
- ever</emphasis>. Your private key lets you decrypt any
- message encrypted with your public key.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>
- Using encryption takes a bit of forethought. When you send a
- message that is encrypted, you must encrypt it using your
- intended recipient's public key. To <emphasis>get</emphasis>
- an encrypted message, you must make sure that the sender has
- your public key in advance. For signing messages, it's
- reversed: you encrypt the signature with your private key, so
- only your public key can unlock it. When you send it, the
- recipient gets your public key and unlocks the signature,
- verifying your identity.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You can use encryption in two different ways:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- Encrypt the entire message, so that nobody but the recipient can read it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Attach an encrypted signature to a plain text message, so
- that the recipient can read the message without decrypting
- it, and only needs decryption to verify the sender's
- identity.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <example>
- <title>Sending an Encrypted Message</title>
- <para>
- Kevin wants to send an encrypted message to his friend
- Rachel. He looks up her public key on a general key
- server, and then tells
- Evolution to encrypt the
- message. The message now reads "@#$23ui7yr87# !48970fsd "
- When the information gets to Rachel, she decrypts it using
- her private key, and it appears as plain text for her to
- read.
- </para>
- </example>
- <tip id="always-sign">
- <title>Always Sign</title>
- <para>
- You can set Evolution to always sign your email messages:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>, go to the Mail Account settings, and
- select the account with which you want to use encryption.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <sect2 id="encryption-smime">
- <title>S/MIME Encryption</title>
- <para>
- S/MIME encrpytion uses a key-based approach as well, but it
- has some significant advantages in convenience and
- security. S/MIME uses "certificates," which are basically
- the same as keys. The public portion of each certificate is
- held by the sender of a message and by one of several
- certificate authorities, who are paid to guarantee the
- identity of the sender and the security of the
- message. Evolution already knows a large number of
- certificate authorities, so when you get a message with an
- S/MIME certificate, your system will automatically get the
- public portion of the certificate and decrypt or verify the
- message.
- </para>
- <para>
- S/MIME is used most often in corporate settings. In these
- cases, administrators supply certificates which they have
- purchased from a certificate authority. In some cases, an
- organization can act as its own certificate authority, with
- or without a guarantee from a dedicated authority such as
- Verisign or Thawte. In either case, the system administrator
- will provide you with a certificate file.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you wish to use S/MIME independently, you can extract an
- identification certificate from your Mozilla or Netscape web
- browser. See the Mozilla help for more information on
- security certificates.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The certificate file is a password-protected file on your
- computer. To use it in Evolution, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select
- the <guilabel>Certificates</guilabel> tool in the settings
- window. Click the <guilabel>Import</guilabel> button and
- select the file when prompted.
- </para>
- <para>
- Similarly, you can add certificates which are sent to you
- independently of any authority by clicking the
- <guilabel>Contact Certificates</guilabel> tab and using the
- same <guilabel>Import</guilabel> tool. You can also add new
- certificate authorities, which have their own certificate
- files, in the same way.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Security</guimenu> <guimenuitem>S/MIME
- Sign</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or <guimenuitem>S/MIME
- Encrypt</guimenuitem> in the message composer. To have every
- message signed or encrypted, select an email account in the Settings dialog (<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and, under the
- <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab, check the appropriate
- box. You can also import certificates in the per-account
- security settings dialog.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encryption-keygen">
- <title>Making Encryption Keys</title>
- <para>
- Before you can get or send encrypted mail, you need to
- generate your public and private keys with GPG. Here's how:
- </para>
- <tip>
- <title>GPG Versions</title>
- <para>
- This manual covers version 1.0.6 of GPG. If your version is
- different, this may not be entirely accurate. You may find
- out your version number by typing in the command: <command>gpg
- --version</command>.
- </para>
- </tip>
- <para>
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open a terminal and type <command>gpg --gen-key</command>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the default algorithm, "DSA and ElGamal."
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a key length. The default, 1024 bits, should be
- long enough.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Decide if you want your key to expire automatically, and
- if so, when.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter your name, email address, and any additional
- personal information you think is appropriate. Do not
- falsify this information, because it will be needed to
- verify your identity later on.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Next, enter your passphrase. It does not have to be the
- same as your email password or your login password. In
- fact, it probably shouldn't. Don't forget it. If you lose
- it, your keys will be useless and you will be unable to
- decrypt messages sent to you with those keys.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Now, GPG will generate your keys. This may take awhile,
- so feel free to do something else while it's
- happening. In fact, using your computer for something
- else actually helps to generate better keys, because it
- increases the randomness in the key generation seeds.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Once the keys are generated, you can view your key information
- by typing <command>gpg --list-keys</command>. You should see
- something similar to this:
- <programlisting>
- /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg
- ----------------------------
- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you your-address com>
- sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14]
- </programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>
- GPG will create one list, or keyring, for your public keys
- and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know
- are stored in the file
- <filename>~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg</filename>. If you want to
- give other people your key, send them that file.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you wish, you can upload your keys to a key server. Here's
- how:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check your public key ID with <command>gpg
---list-keys</command>. It will be the string after 1024D on the line
-beginning with "pub." In this example, it's 32j38dk2.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the command <command>gpg --send-keys --keyserver
-wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</command>. Substitute your key ID for
-32j38dk2. You will need your password to do this.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <note id="why-keyserver">
- <title>Why Use a Key Server?</title>
- <para>
- Key servers store your public keys for you so that your
- friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to
- use a key server, you can manually send your people public
- key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your
- own web page. However, it's easier to publish them once,
- and then let people download them from a central place when
- they want.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you don't have a key you need to unlock or encrypt a
- message, you can have your encryption tool set to look it
- up automatically. If it can't find the key, then you'll
- get an error message.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encrypt-getting-key">
- <title>Getting and Using Public Keys</title>
- <para>
- To send an encrypted message, you'll need to use
- the recipient's public key in combination with your private key.
- Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get their public
- key and add it to your keyring.
- </para>
- <para>
- To get public keys from a public key server, enter the
- command:
- <command>
- gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid
- </command>, substituting "keyid" for your recipient's ID. You
- will need to type in your password, and then their ID will
- automatically be added to your keyring. When you send mail to
- them, Evolution will allow you to
- encrypt your messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- If someone sends you their public key directly, save it as a
- plain text file and enter the command <command>gpg
- filename</command>. This will add it to your keyring.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encrypt-evo-integ">
- <title>Setting up Evolution's Encryption</title>
- <para>
- You'll need to open
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- and select the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> button, then
- select the account you want to use securely, and click the
- <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> button. In the
- <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab is a section labeled
- <guilabel>Pretty Good Privacy</guilabel>. Enter your key ID
- and click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Your key is now
- integrated into your identity in
- Evolution.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>What is my Key ID again?</title>
- <para>
- Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you don't
- remember it, you can find it by typing <command>gpg
- --list-keys</command> in a console window. Your key ID will be an
- eight character string with random numbers and letters.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sign-msg">
- <title>Signing a Message</title>
- <para>
- To sign a message, choose:
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Security</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>PGP Sign</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- You will be prompted for your encryption password. Once
- you enter it, click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> and your message
- will be signed.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encrypt-msg">
- <title>Encrypting a Message</title>
- <para>
- Encrypting a message is very similar to signing a message.
- Just choose the menu item
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Security</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>PGP Encrypt</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="unencrypting">
- <title>Unencrypting a Received Message</title>
- <para>
- If you get an encrypted message, you will need to decrypt it
- before you read it. Remember, the sender has to have your
- public key before they can send you an encrypted message.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you view the message,
- Evolution will ask you for your
- PGP password. Enter it, and the message will be displayed
- properly.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
Index: help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml
--- help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml 22 Jul 2004 16:18:49 -0000 1.18
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1220 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-mainwindow">
-
- <title>Getting Started</title>
-
- <sect1 id="what">
- <title>What is Novell Evolution, and What Can It Do for Me?</title>
- <para>
- Information is useless unless it's organized and accessible;
- it's hardly even worth the name if you can't look at it and be
- <emphasis>informed</emphasis>. The goal of
- Novell Evolution is to make the
- tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving your personal
- information easier, so you can work and communicate with
- others. That is, it's a highly evolved <link
- linkend="groupware">groupware</link> program, an integral
- part of the Internet-connected desktop.
- </para>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution can help you work in a group by handling
- email, address and other contact information, and one or more
- calendars. It can do that on one or several computers,
- connected directly or over a network, for one person or for
- large groups.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- With Novell Evolution, you can
- accomplish your most common daily tasks faster. For example, it
- takes only one or two clicks to enter appointment or
- contact information sent to you by email, or to send email to a contact
- or appointment. Novell Evolution
- makes displays faster and more efficient, so searches are faster
- and memory usage is lower. People who get lots of mail will
- appreciate advanced features like <link
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">VFolders</link>,
- which let you save searches as though they were ordinary mail
- folders.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-starting">
- <title>The First Time you Start Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- To start Novell Evolution, do either
- of the following:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Programs</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Evolution</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from your
- menu panel.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Type <command>evolution</command> at the command line.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <note>
- <title>Command Line Options</title>
- <para>
- Evolution has a number of command-line options that you may
- wish to make use of. You can find the full list by running
- the commands <userinput>man evolution</userinput> or
- <userinput>evolution --help</userinput>. The most
- important ones are:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To start Evolution in offline mode: <userinput>evolution --offline</userinput>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To start Evolution and begin composing a message to the email address you name: <userinput>evolution mailto:joe somewhere net</userinput>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To start Evolution in mail mode, type <userinput>evolution -c
- mail</userinput>. To open the calendar first, use
- <userinput>-c calendar</userinput>. To open the contact list
- first, use <userinput>-c contacts</userinput>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If Evolution stops responding, freezes, or hangs, open a
- terminal and type <userinput>evolution
- --force-shutdown</userinput> to force every piece of the
- application to quit.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>To make your web browser use Evolution as the default
- email client, enter <userinput>evolution "%s"</userinput> as the email
- handler in your web browser or in the GNOME Control Center.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- <para>
- The first time you run the program, it will create a directory
- called <filename>.evolution</filename> in your home directory,
- where it will store all of its local data. Then, it will open a
- first-run assistant to help you set up mail accounts and import
- data from other applications.
- </para>
- <para>
- Using the first-run assistant will take approximately two to
- five minutes.
- </para>
- <para>
- Later on, if you want to change this account, or
- if you want to create a new one, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Settings
- </guimenuitem></menuchoice> and click the <guilabel>Mail
- Accounts</guilabel> button. Then, select the account you want
- to change and click <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>. Alternately,
- add a new account by clicking
- <guilabel>Add</guilabel>. See <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail"/> for details.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="first-step">
- <title>Defining Your Identity</title>
- <para>
- The Identity window is the first step in the assistant. Here,
- you will enter some basic personal information. You can
- define multiple identities later on with the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> tool and
- clicking the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> button.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Account Information:</guilabel> Choose a name
- for Evolution to refer to this account. This is used
- only for display within Evolution. Good choices are
- "Work Email" or "IMAP Server."
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel>: Your full name.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel> Email Address </guilabel>: Your email address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Make this my default account</guilabel>:
- Select this as the primary account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel> Reply-To </guilabel>: If you want to have
- replies sent to another email address, enter it in this
- space (optional).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Organization </guilabel>: The company where you work, or the
- organization you represent when you send email
- (optional).
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="second-step">
- <title>Receiving Mail</title>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Receiving Email</guilabel> lets you determine
- which you will get your email.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Server Type: There are numerous types of servers
- from which Novell Evolution
- can fetch your mail. Ask your system administrator if
- you're not sure which of the following are available to
- you:
- <itemizedlist>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>GroupWise</guimenuitem>: Select this option if you use a
- GroupWise server. GroupWise keeps mail, calendar,
- and contact information on the server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Microsoft Exchange</guimenuitem>: Available only if you have
- installed the Novell Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange, this will allow you to connect to a
- Microsoft Exchange 2000 or 2003 server, which
- stores email, calendar, and contact information on
- the server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>IMAP</guimenuitem>: Keeps the email on your server so you can
- access your email from multiple systems.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>POP</guimenuitem>: Downloads your email to your hard disk for
- permanent storage.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Local Delivery</guimenuitem>: Choose this option if you want to
- move mail from the spool and store it in your home
- directory. If you would rather leave mail in your
- system's spool files, choose the
- <guimenuitem>Standard Unix mbox
- spools</guimenuitem> option instead. You'll need
- to provide the path to the mail spool you want to
- use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>MH format mail directories</guimenuitem>: If you download your
- mail using mh or another MH-style program, you'll
- want to use this option. You'll need to provide
- the path to the mail directory you want to use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Maildir format mail directories</guimenuitem>: If you download
- your mail using qmail or another maildir-style
- program, you'll want to use this option. You'll need
- to provide the path to the mail directory you want to
- use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Standard Unix mbox spool or directory</guimenuitem>: If you want
- to read and store mail in the mail spool on your
- local system, choose this option. You'll need to
- provide the path to the mail spool
- you want to use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>: Select this if you do not plan to
- check mail with this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- If you selected POP, Microsoft Exchange, or IMAP as your mail
- server, you'll need to enter some more information:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>The host name of your mail server. Ask
- your system administrator if you're not
- sure.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The username for the account on that
- system. </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Whether you want to use a secure (SSL)
- connection. If your server supports it, it's
- best to enable this security option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The authentication options supported by
- your server. If you're not sure, ask your system
- administrator. You can also click the
- <guilabel>Check for supported types</guilabel>
- button; when you have done so, the menu will
- limit itself to options your server has not
- refused to support. Note that some servers do
- not announce the authentication mechanisms
- they support, so clicking this button is not
- an absolute guarantee that available
- mechanisms will actually work.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose whether you'd like Evolution to remember
- your password. If you have selected this item,
- you can force Evolution to ask for a
- password again by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Forget
- Passwords</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by returning to this section of the
- accounts tool, which you can find by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <tip id="exchange-info">
- <title>Connecting to an Exchange Server</title>
- <para>
- If you have installed Novell Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange, you can access Microsoft Exchange 2000 servers
- natively. If you do not have the Connector, or if you use
- an older version of Microsoft Exchange, talk to your system
- administrator about access to standard protocol services
- like POP and IMAP.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="more-mail-options">
- <title>Receiving Mail Options</title>
- <para>
- Once you have selected a mail delivery mechanism, you may
- set some preferences for its behavior:
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose POP mail:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Checking for new mail: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Message Storage: If you'd like to store copies of your
- mail on the server, check this option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose Microsoft Exchange:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- <itemizedlist> <listitem>
- <para>Checking for new mail: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the name of
- your global catalog server. You may also choose to
- limit the server's responses and select a maximum number
- of results for an address search. A maximum number of
- results limits the load on your system and on your
- network.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Mailbox Name: If your active directory user name is
- different from your Exchange mailbox name, enter the
- mailbox name here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases, the URL
- for web access is "http://server.company.com/exchange,";
- but some systems use a different path.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Public Folder Server: Enter the name of your organization's public folder server, if any.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this
- server: Check this box to use filters when you visit the
- Inbox for this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose IMAP:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <guilabel>Automatically check for new mail
- every... minutes:</guilabel> If you would like Evolution to check
- for new mail automatically, check the box and select a
- frequency in minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Check for new messages in all
- folders:</guilabel> If you want Evolution to check for new
- messages in <emphasis>all</emphasis> your
- IMAP folders, make sure this box is selected. This option
- is normally selected in combination with server-side
- filtering tools like procmail. </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para> <guilabel>Use custom command to connect to
- server:</guilabel> Some IMAP servers require a specific,
- custom connection sequence. Custom commands are rare; if
- your server requires one, your system administrator
- should be able to tell you.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para> <guilabel>Show only subscribed folders</guilabel>:
- Check this box if you have more folders in your IMAP view
- than you want to read. For more information about IMAP
- mail and folder subscriptions, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Override server-supplied namespace</guilabel>:
- If you like, enter a specific directory where your
- server stores mail for you. The most common values are
- "mail" and "Mail." </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this
- server</guilabel>: If you'd like your filters to work on this account
- as well as on locally downloaded mail, check this box.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Check new messages for Junk
- contents:</guilabel> Check this box if you want your IMAP
- email filtered for junk mail.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Only check for Junk messages in the INBOX
- folder:</guilabel> If you have new messages arriving in
- multiple folders, as you would with server-side filters,
- Evolution may filter them for junk mail as well. This
- can take extra time, so if you know that those messages
- are not likely to be junk mail, select this option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically synchronize remote mail
- locally:</guilabel> Select this option to have Evolution
- cache mail locally for offline use.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <note id="imap-namespace">
- <title>What's an IMAP Namespace?</title>
- <para>
- For IMAP mail servers, your system administrator
- may provide you with a specific namespace, the
- directory where your server stores mail for
- you. If you check your IMAP mail and your folder
- list includes files that don't look like mail
-folders, you
- probably need to change your mail
- namespace. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail."
- If you prefer, you can choose to subscribe to
- individual mail folders one at a time. For more
- information about how to use IMAP mail, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="third-step">
- <title>Sending Mail</title>
- <para>
- Now that you have entered information about how you plan to
- get mail, Evolution needs to know about how you want to send
- it:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Server Type: There are numerous server types that
- Novell Evolution supports for sending your
- mail.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- SMTP: Sends mail using an outbound mail
- server. This is the most common choice for sending
- mail.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Microsoft Exchange: Sends mail through a Microsoft
- Exchange server using the Microsoft Exchange 2000
- protocol. Available only if you have are using the
- Novell Connector for Microsoft Exchange, which is installed
- separately.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Groupwise: Sends mail through your GroupWise server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Sendmail: Uses the Sendmail program to send mail
- from your system. Sendmail is more flexible, but
- is not as easy to configure, so you should only
- select this option if you know how to set up a
- Sendmail service.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- If you choose SMTP, there are a few additional items to enter:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Host: enter your mail sending server's name or IP
- address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Server requires authentication: If your server
- requires you to enter a password to send mail, check
- this box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Authentication Type: Unless you've been told otherwise,
- your best bet is to leave this set at
- <guilabel>Password</guilabel>. If you're not sure, ask
- your system administrator or ISP, or have
- Novell Evolution check for
- you by clicking <guilabel>Check for supported
- types</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Username: The account name you use when you login to
- check your email. Normally, this is the part of your
- email address before the '@' character. For Exchange
- servers, it is the username you would use to log in to a
- Windows workstation at your company.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Remember Password: If you prefer to not enter
- your password every time you check email, press this
- button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="step-three-b">
- <title>Defaults</title>
-
- <para>
- In this step, you will set a few miscellaneous options:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Drafts Folder</guilabel>: When you save a message as a draft, it will be saved to this folder.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Sent Messages Folder</guilabel>: A copy of every message you send will be saved in this folder.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Always carbon-copy (cc) to</guilabel>: Send a carbon copy of every message to this address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Always blind carbon-copy (bcc) to</guilabel>: Send a blind carbon copy of every message to this address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>
- If you have not done so already, you may also be asked to choose
- a time zone.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="fourth-step">
- <title>Importing Mail (Optional)</title>
- <para>If Novell Evolution finds mail or
- address files from another application, it will offer to
- import them. For a full description of the import feature, see <xref
- linkend="importing-mail" />.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <application>Microsoft Outlook</application>, and versions of
- <application>Outlook Express</application> after
- version 4, use proprietary formats that Novell
- Evolution cannot read or import. To import information, you
- may wish to use the <application>Outport</application> tool under
- Windows. See the instructions in <xref
- linkend="outlook-migration-mail" />.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Before importing mail from Netscape, make sure you have selected
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact All
- Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you don't,
- Novell Evolution will import and undelete
- the messages in your Trash folders.
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Exporting Files From Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- Evolution uses standard file types for mail and calendar
- information, so you can copy those files from your
- <filename>~/.evolution</filename> directory.
- The file formats used are <filename>mbox</filename> for
- mail and <filename>iCal</filename> for calendar
- information.
- </para>
- <para>
- Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as
- a standard <filename>VCard</filename>. To export contact
- data, open your contacts tool and select the contacts you wish
- to export (press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> to select them all). Then,
- select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save as
- VCard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="ui-intro">
- <title>What's What in Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- Now that you've gotten the first-run configuration out of the
- way, you're ready to get down to work. Here's a quick
- explanation of what's going on in your main
- Novell Evolution window.
- </para>
-
- <figure id="preface-basic-interface">
- <title>The Novell Evolution Main Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/mainwindow-pic" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Menu Bar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>menu bar</guilabel> gives you access to nearly all
- the features that can be found in Novell
- Evolution.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> gives you fast and easy access to the
- most used features in each component.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel> lets you switch between
- folders and between Evolution tools. At the bottom of the
- shortcut bar there are buttons that let you switch tools, and
- above that, all the available folders for the current tool. If you have the
- Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange installed, you will have an
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> button in addition to buttons for the other tools.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-4" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Periodically, Novell Evolution will need to quietly
- display a message, or tell you the progress of a task. This most
- often happens when you're checking or sending email. These progress
- queues are shown here, in the <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel>.
- The Online/Offline indicator is here, too, in the lower left of the window.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-5" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Search Tool</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Search Tool</guilabel> lets you search through your email
- with precision so you can easily find what you're looking for.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar">
- <title>The Shortcut Bar</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution's most important job is
- to give you access to your information and help you use it
- quickly. One way it does that is through the
- shortcut bar, the column on the left
- hand side of the main window. The buttons with names
- like <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> are the shortcuts. Above them
- is a list of folders for the current Evolution tool.
- </para>
- <para>
- The folder list organizes your mail, calendars, contact lists,
- and task lists in a tree, similar to a <link linkend="filetree">file
- tree</link>. Most people will find one to four
- folders at the base of the tree, depending on the tool and their
- system configuration. Each Evolution tool will have at least one,
- called <guilabel>On This Computer</guilabel>, for local
- information. For example, the folder list for the email tool will show any
- remote mail storage you have set up, plus local folders and
- <guilabel>vFolders</guilabel>, or virtual folders, discussed in <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"/>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you get large volumes of mail, you'll want more folders than
- just your Inbox; you can also create multiple calendar, task,
- or contacts folders.
- </para>
- <para>
- To create a new folder:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on the list of folders, and select
- <guilabel>New Folder</guilabel>.
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the name of the folder in the <guilabel>Folder
- Name</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the location of the new folder.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <sect3 id="subfolders">
- <title>Folder Arrangement and Subfolders</title>
-
- <para>
- Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything in
- Novell Evolution. If you right-click on a
- folder or subfolder, you'll have a menu with the following options:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem>, to copy the folder to another place. When you select this item, Evolution offers a choice of locations to copy to. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, to move the folder to another location. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>, to delete the folder and all its contents. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem>, to create another folder in the same location. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>, to change the name of the folder. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>, to delete the folder.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>, to check the number of total and unread messages in a folder, and, for remote folders, decide whether to copy the folder to your local system for offline operation.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can also rearrange folders and messages by dragging and
- dropping them.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Any time new mail arrives in a mail folder, that folder
- label is displayed in bold text, along with the number of
- new messages in that folder.
- </para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-menubar">
- <title>The Menu Bar</title>
- <para>
- The menu bar's contents will always
- provide all the possible actions for any given view of your
- data. If you're looking at your Inbox, most of the menu items
- will relate to mail; some will relate to other components of
- Novell Evolution and some, especially those
- in the <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu> will relate to the
- application as a whole.
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>File</guimenu>:</term>
-
- <listitem><para> Anything related to a file or to the
- operations of the application generally falls under this
- menu: creating things, saving them to disk, printing them,
- and quitting the program itself. </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu holds
- useful tools that help you edit text and move it around.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>View</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- This menu lets you decide how Novell Evolution
- should look. Some of the features control the appearance of
- Novell Evolution as a whole, and others
- the way a particular kind of information appears.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Holds actions which maybe applied to a message. Normally,
- if there is only one target for the action, such as
- replying to a message, you can find it in
- the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- For all components of Evolution, you can access the
- settings and configuration options in the tools menu. You
- can also find things like filter settings and the Virtual
- Folder editor.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Search</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Select menu items here to search for messages, or for
- phrases within a message. You can also see previous searches
- you have made. In addition to the <guimenu>Search</guimenu>
- menu, there is a text entry box in the toolbar that you can
- use to search for messages.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Help</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Select among these items to open the
- Novell Evolution manual.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="basics-mail">
- <title>Introducing Email</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution email is like other
- email programs in several ways:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of
- ways with folders, searches, and filters.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text,
- and makes it easy to send and receive multiple file
- attachments.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It supports multiple mail sources, including <link
- linkend="imap">IMAP</link>, <link
- linkend="pop">POP3</link>, and local
- <filename>mbox</filename> or <filename>mh</filename>
- spools and files created by other mail programs.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It lets you guard your privacy with encryption.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- However, Novell Evolution has some
- important differences. First, it's built to handle very large
- amounts of mail. The <link
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-spam">junk mail</link>, message <link
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and
- <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link>
- functions were built for speed and efficiency on large volumes
- of mail. There's also the <link
-linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">vFolder</link>, an advanced
- organizational feature not found in mainstream mail clients.
- If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep every message you get
- in case you need to refer to it later, you'll find this
- feature especially useful.
- </para>
- <para>
-
-
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
-
- <figure id="usage-mail-intro-fig">
- <title>Novell Evolution Mail</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/mail-inbox" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->
-</para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Message List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Message List</guilabel> displays all the emails
- that you have. This includes all your read, unread, and email
- that is flagged to be deleted.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Email</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- This is where your email is displayed.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you find the view pane too small, you can resize
- the pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click on the
- message in the message list to have it
- open in a new window. To change the sizes of a pane, just click
- and hold on the divider between the two panes. Then you can drag
- it to select the size of the panes.
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Just like with folders, you can right-click on messages in the
- message list and get a menu of possible actions, including moving or deleting them,
- creating filters or vFolders based on them, and marking them as junk mail.
- </para>
- <para>
- Most of the mail-related actions you'll want to perform are
- listed in the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu in the menu bar.
- The most frequently used ones, like
- <guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> and
- <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>, also appear as buttons in
- the toolbar. Almost all of them are also located in the
- right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be
- faster once you get the hang of them. You can choose
- whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software
- should work the way you want, rather than making you work the
- way the it does.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For an in-depth guide to the email capabilities of Novell
- Evolution, read <xref linkend="usage-mail"/>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="basics-calendar">
- <title>Introducing the Calendar</title>
- <para>
- To begin using the calendar, click the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> button in the shortcut
- bar. By default, the calendar starts showing
- today's schedule on a ruled background. At the upper right,
- there's a monthly calendar you can use to switch days. Below
- that, there's a <guilabel>Task</guilabel> pad, where you can
- keep a list of tasks separate from your calendar appointments.
-
- <!-- ============== Figure ============================= -->
- <figure id="usage-calendar-fig">
- <title>Novell Evolution Calendar View</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Novell Evolution Contact Manager Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/calendar" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= -->
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Appointment
- List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Task List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Tasks are distinct from appointments in that they generally
- don't have times associated with them. You can see a larger
- view of your task list by clicking the
- <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel> button in the shortcut bar.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Month Pane</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The month pane is a small view of a calendar month.
- To display additional months, drag the column border to
- the left. You can also select a range of days in the month
- pane to get a custom range of days displayed in the
- appointment list.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For more information about the calendar
- read <xref linkend="usage-calendar"/>.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="basics-contacts">
- <title>Introducing the Contacts Tool</title>
- <para>
- The Novell Evolution contacts tool
- can handle all of the functions of an address book, phone
- book, or Rolodex. Of course, it's a lot easier to update
- Evolution than it is to change an actual paper book, in part
- because Evolution can synchronize with
- PalmOS devices and use <link
- linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> directories on a network.
- </para>
- <para>
- Another advantage of the Novell Evolution
- contacts tool is its integration with the rest of the
- application. For example, you can right-click on an email
- address in Evolution mail to create a contact entry instantly.
- </para>
- <para>
- To use the contacts tool, click the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> button in the shortcut bar. <xref
- linkend="usage-contact-fig"/> shows the address book in all its
- organizational glory. By default, the display shows all
- your contacts in alphabetical order, in a <link
- linkend="minicard">minicard</link> view. You can select
- other views from the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, and adjust
- the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the gray
- column dividers.
- </para>
- <para>
- The contacts tool looks like this:
-
- <figure id="usage-contact-fig">
- <title>Novell Evolution Contact Interface</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Novell Evolution Contact List Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/contact" format="PNG" srccredit="Kevin Breit"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Contact
- List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The largest section of the contacts display shows a list of individual
- contacts. You can also search through the contacts in the same way
- that you search email folders, with the search tool on the
- right side of the toolbar.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For detailed instructions on how to use the address book,
- read <xref linkend="usage-contact"/>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/usage-sync.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-sync.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-sync.xml
--- help/C/usage-sync.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.4
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
- <chapter id="usage-sync">
- <title>Synchronizing with Hand-Held Devices</title>
- <para>
- This chapter is very short. It describes how to synchronize
- the data on your Palm-OS device with the data you store in
- Novell Evolution. If you need
- information on how to set up handheld synchronization, consult
- <xref linkend="config-sync"/>.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id="hotsync">
- <title>Using HotSync</title>
- <para>
- Put your hand-held device in its cradle and press the
- HotSync button.
- </para>
-
-<tip id="sync-tip">
-<title>Palm OS v. 4.0 with Passwords</title>
-<para>
-If you use Palm OS v. 4.0 and have password protection turned on for
-your handheld device, you may encounter trouble synchronizing. If
-this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld,
-synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password
-protection on your handheld.
-</para>
-</tip>
- <para>
- If you have followed the set up instructions properly, your
- Palm-OS device will synchronize data with Novell
- Evolution.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- That's it.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
- </chapter>
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
